97-4906. Bank Holding Companies and Change in Bank Control (Regulation Y)  

  • [Federal Register Volume 62, Number 40 (Friday, February 28, 1997)]
    [Rules and Regulations]
    [Pages 9290-9344]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 97-4906]
    
    
    
    [[Page 9289]]
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part III
    
    
    
    
    
    Federal Reserve System
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    12 CFR Part 225
    
    
    
    Bank Holding Companies and Change in Bank Control (Regulation Y); Final 
    Rule
    
    Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / 
    Rules and Regulations
    
    [[Page 9290]]
    
    
    
    FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
    
    12 CFR Part 225
    
    [Reg. Y; Docket Nos. R-0935; R-0936]
    
    
    Bank Holding Companies and Change in Bank Control (Regulation Y)
    
    AGENCY: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
    
    ACTION: Final rule.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: The Board has adopted comprehensive amendments to Regulation Y 
    that improve the competitiveness of bank holding companies by 
    eliminating unnecessary regulatory burden and operating restrictions, 
    and by streamlining the application/notice process. Among other 
    revisions, the final rule incorporates a streamlined and expedited 
    review process for bank acquisition proposals by well-run bank holding 
    companies with a number of modifications intended to broaden and 
    improve public notice of bank acquisition proposals, to assure that the 
    regulatory filing is made well within the public comment period, and to 
    better assure that proposals reviewed under the streamlined procedures 
    do not raise issues under the statutory factors in the Bank Holding 
    Company Act.
        The final rule also implements the changes enacted in the Economic 
    Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 that eliminate 
    certain notice and approval requirements and streamline others that 
    involve nonbanking proposals by well-run bank holding companies. The 
    final rule also includes a reorganized and expanded regulatory list of 
    permissible nonbanking activities and removes a number of restrictions 
    on those activities that are outmoded, have been superseded by Board 
    order or do not apply to insured banks that conduct the same activity.
        In addition, the final rule incorporates several amendments to the 
    tying restrictions, including removal of the regulatory extension of 
    those restrictions to bank holding companies and their nonbank 
    subsidiaries. A number of other changes have also been included to 
    eliminate unnecessary regulatory burden and to streamline and modernize 
    Regulation Y, including changes to the provisions implementing the 
    Change in Bank Control Act and section 914 of the Financial 
    Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989.
    
    EFFECTIVE DATE: April 21, 1997.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Scott G. Alvarez, Associate General 
    Counsel (202/452-3583), Diane A. Koonjy, Senior Attorney (202/452-
    3274), Thomas R. Corsi, Senior Attorney (202/452-3275), Lisa R. 
    Chavarria, Attorney (202/452-3904), Satish M. Kini, Attorney (202/452-
    3818), Gregory A. Baer, Managing Senior Counsel (202/452-3236), Legal 
    Division; Molly Wassom, Assistant Director (202/452-2305), Sid Sussan, 
    Assistant Director (202/452-2638), Nicholas A. Kalambokidis, Project 
    Manager (202/452-3830), David Reilly, Supervisory Financial Analyst 
    (202/452-5214), Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation, Board 
    of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. For the hearing impaired 
    only, Telecommunication Device for the Deaf (TDD), Dorothea Thompson 
    (202/452-3544), Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th 
    Street and Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC.
    
    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
    
    Background and Summary of Final Action
    
        On August 28, 1996, the Board proposed comprehensive revisions to 
    Regulation Y designed to eliminate unnecessary regulatory burden and 
    paperwork, improve efficiency and eliminate unwarranted constraints on 
    credit availability while faithfully implementing the statutory 
    requirements that form the bases for Regulation Y. (61 FR 47242 
    (September 6, 1996)). The Board proposed these revisions after 
    conducting the review of its regulations required by section 303 of the 
    Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 
    (``Riegle Act''). Regulation Y governs the corporate practices and 
    nonbanking activities of bank holding companies, sets forth the 
    procedures for a company to become a bank holding company and for a 
    bank holding company to seek Federal Reserve System (``System'') 
    approval for a bank acquisition or a nonbanking proposal under the Bank 
    Holding Company Act (``BHC Act''), implements the prohibitions on 
    tying, implements the prior notice requirements of the Change in Bank 
    Control Act (governing the acquisition of control of a bank or bank 
    holding company by an individual) and section 914 of the Financial 
    Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (governing 
    appointment of senior officers and directors of certain banks and bank 
    holding companies), and implements other provisions of law applicable 
    to bank holding companies.
        The changes proposed by the Board to Regulation Y included removal 
    of a number of restrictions on the permissible nonbanking activities of 
    bank holding companies, expansion and reorganization of the regulatory 
    list of permissible nonbanking activities, streamlining of the 
    application/notice process, revisions to the tying rules, and 
    streamlining of the procedures governing change in bank control notices 
    and senior executive officer and director appointments. On September 
    30, 1996, Congress, in the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork 
    Reduction Act of 1996 (``Regulatory Relief Act''), enacted several 
    complementary changes to the BHC Act, primarily reducing the burden 
    associated with seeking approval of nonbanking proposals. On October 
    23, 1996, the Board proposed, on an interim basis, a definition of a 
    well-capitalized bank holding company for purposes of the procedures 
    enacted in the Regulatory Relief Act. (61 FR 56404 (November 1, 1996)).
        The Board received over 300 comments regarding its proposal. The 
    comments reflected the views and suggestions of a wide cross-section of 
    interested persons, including bank holding companies, community groups 
    and representatives, trade associations, individuals, law firms, 
    Congressional representatives, state and local government and 
    supervisory officials, and others. The commenters enthusiastically 
    supported the Board's proposal to establish a streamlined procedure for 
    well-run bank holding companies to engage in nonbanking activities and 
    make nonbanking acquisitions, to remove unnecessary or outmoded 
    restrictions on nonbanking activities, and to expand the regulatory 
    list of permissible nonbanking activities. Commenters also applauded 
    the proposed amendments to the tying provisions that would enhance the 
    ability of banking organizations to provide customer discounts on 
    services. In addition, commenters supported the proposed streamlining 
    of the provisions governing a change in control of state member banks 
    and bank holding companies and the appointment of new directors and 
    senior executive officers.
        A significant number of commenters, representing primarily bank 
    holding companies and banking industry trade associations and 
    representatives, also strongly supported the Board's proposal to 
    establish a streamlined procedure for well-run bank holding companies 
    to seek System approval to acquire additional banks within certain 
    limits. On the other hand, a large number of commenters, consisting 
    primarily of community representatives and groups, and individuals, 
    strongly opposed any change to the Board's current procedure
    
    [[Page 9291]]
    
    governing bank acquisitions, in general, and adoption of the Board's 
    proposed streamlined review process, in particular.
        After carefully reviewing the comments, the Board has adopted a 
    final rule that largely incorporates the initiatives contained in its 
    proposal. The Board has made a number of revisions in response to 
    concerns, suggestions and information provided by commenters. In 
    particular, the Board has changed in several respects the streamlined 
    procedure governing bank acquisitions and has adopted a number of 
    measures designed to broaden and improve public notice of acquisition 
    proposals. These changes focus on assuring that interested persons will 
    have a meaningful opportunity to provide the Board with information 
    regarding acquisition proposals. These and other changes adopted by the 
    Board in response to concerns and suggestions raised by commenters are 
    discussed in more detail below.
        A number of comments addressed matters that are better addressed in 
    supervisory policy statements or guidelines governing specific 
    activities or in the context of an individual proposal. Many other 
    matters raised by commenters, including suggestions regarding venture 
    capital and portfolio investment activities and the scope of a bank 
    holding company's authority to acquire shares of investment companies 
    under section 4(c)(7) of the BHC Act, were not addressed in the 
    original proposal and remain under active review.
    
    Explanation of Final Rule
    
    A. Process for Seeking Approval of Bank and Nonbank Acquisitions
    
        The Board's review of its current procedures for evaluating 
    applications and notices identified two important principles that could 
    be applied by the Board to reduce the burden associated with those 
    procedures. One principle is that well-run bank holding companies that 
    meet objective and verifiable measures for each of the criteria set 
    forth in the BHC Act should be able to expect little burden or delay 
    from the approval process unless special circumstances demonstrate that 
    a closer review is warranted. The other principle is that the 
    application/notice process should focus on an analysis of the effects 
    of the specific proposal and should not become a vehicle for 
    comprehensively evaluating and addressing supervisory and compliance 
    issues that can more effectively be addressed in the supervisory 
    process.
        These principles guided the Board's decision to propose both 
    procedural and substantive changes to the application/notice process in 
    August 1996. In particular, the Board proposed to use the application/
    notice process as a gateway for identifying (and rejecting) 
    organizations that do not have the resources or expertise to make an 
    acquisition or conduct a particular activity, and to rely on the on-
    site inspection and supervisory process as the most effective way to 
    determine if a particular organization is in fact managing its 
    subsidiaries or conducting an approved activity in a safe and sound 
    manner and within its authority.
        In addition, the Board proposed to establish a streamlined process 
    for reviewing proposals by well-run bank holding companies and reducing 
    the information required to be filed for proposals that qualify for the 
    streamlined procedure. The Board also proposed a number of other 
    revisions that would eliminate unnecessary burden from the application/
    notice process, including eliminating the pre-acceptance procedure for 
    all bank acquisition proposals, permitting public notice of an 
    acquisition proposal to be published up to 30 days before the final 
    regulatory filing was submitted to the System, and permitting the 
    waiver of applications involving solely internal corporate 
    reorganizations.
        The final rule adopted by the Board incorporates these proposed 
    changes with a number of important modifications discussed below.
    1. Streamlined Procedure
        The Board proposed a streamlined 15-day notice procedure for 
    proposals by well-capitalized and well-managed bank holding companies 
    with satisfactory or better performance ratings under the Community 
    Reinvestment Act of 1977 (``CRA'') to acquire banks and nonbanking 
    companies within certain size limits. The Board's original proposal 
    retained the Board's current requirements that public notice of all 
    bank acquisitions be provided (both by newspaper and by Federal 
    Register) and that the public be provided at least a 30-day opportunity 
    to submit comments to the System regarding a proposed bank acquisition. 
    These notice and comment provisions applied equally to proposals that 
    qualified for the streamlined procedure and to proposals reviewed under 
    the normal 30/60-day procedures.
        Many commenters strongly supported the establishment of a 
    streamlined procedure for proposals by well-run bank holding companies 
    that do not raise significant issues. These commenters indicated that 
    the current approval procedure is burdensome and costly, particularly 
    in the case of smaller acquisitions that do not raise any significant 
    issue under the BHC Act. Commenters stated that the current process 
    increases the risks and costs associated with an acquisition by 
    imposing unnecessary delay in consummating both bank and nonbank 
    acquisition proposals. This delay also increases the potential for loss 
    of key employees, customer relationships and franchise value. In 
    addition, commenters argued that delay in approving clearly permissible 
    transactions postpones the realization by the holding company and the 
    community of the benefits of the transaction and, in the case of a 
    nonbanking proposal, puts bank holding companies at a disadvantage in 
    competing with unregulated entities vying for the same target company. 
    Moreover, commenters indicated that the management, legal and other 
    resources required to prepare an application/notice under the current 
    procedures are significant.
        These commenters agreed that a streamlined procedure would reduce 
    regulatory burden substantially by reducing the costs to bank holding 
    companies of preparing applications as well as the costs associated 
    with the delay inherent in the regulatory review process. Many 
    commenters also stated that these changes would improve the ability of 
    bank holding companies to be competitive with unregulated entities in 
    making nonbanking acquisitions and engaging de novo in permissible 
    nonbanking activities.
        Several of these commenters urged the Board to take the additional 
    step of reducing or eliminating the public comment period for proposals 
    by banking organizations, or permitting a safe-harbor from comments if 
    the banking organization maintains satisfactory or better CRA 
    performance ratings or the comment relates to a matter that was 
    reviewed in the CRA examination. These commenters argued that neither 
    the BHC Act nor the CRA requires that public notice be provided for 
    bank acquisition proposals, and that comments on the CRA performance of 
    insured institutions would be more effective if provided in the CRA 
    examination process. These commenters also contended that the delay 
    associated with the requirement that the Board consider all public 
    comments under a more protracted procedure is costly and delays the 
    ability of well-run organizations to pass on benefits of an acquisition 
    to the affected communities. In addition, they argued that providing a 
    safe harbor from public comments for
    
    [[Page 9292]]
    
    organizations with satisfactory or better CRA performance ratings would 
    provide an incentive for institutions to achieve better CRA performance 
    ratings.
        On the other hand, a significant number of commenters, including 
    various community groups, believe that the current procedures for 
    reviewing bank acquisition proposals work well and that no change to 
    the current process is necessary. These commenters argued that the 
    current 30/60-day procedure strikes an important balance between the 
    banking industry's need for regulatory action within a limited period 
    of time and the community's need to have a meaningful opportunity to 
    discuss with the acquiring company the potential effects of a proposed 
    bank acquisition and participate in the System review process. These 
    commenters also expressed concern that the revisions proposed by the 
    Board would weaken the review process for bank acquisition proposals by 
    reducing the attention the System would pay to certain proposals, and 
    would erode the ability of interested members of the public to provide 
    information to the System for consideration in an analysis of the 
    convenience and needs factor, the CRA performance record, and other 
    aspects of a bank acquisition proposal. In addition, a number of these 
    commenters argued that the Board should not adopt its proposed 
    streamlined procedure for bank acquisition proposals by well-run bank 
    holding companies because the Regulatory Relief Act adopts streamlined 
    procedures only for nonbanking proposals and indicates that Congress 
    rejected applying a similar streamlined approach to reviewing bank 
    acquisitions.
        The Board believes that it is important to address the concerns of 
    both sets of commenters. The Board believes that it is sound public 
    policy, in addition to being consistent with the Riegle Act, that the 
    Board revise its application/notice process to reduce any unnecessary 
    regulatory costs and burdens associated with that process. At the same 
    time, the Board believes that revisions to its application/notice 
    process should not diminish the quality of its review of transactions. 
    In addition, the Board strongly believes that public participation in 
    the application/notice process is important because it provides the 
    Board with useful information, in particular, information regarding the 
    effect of transactions on the relevant communities.
        As the Board noted in its original proposal, the Board reviews 
    approximately 1,300 applications and notices each year under the BHC 
    Act. While these proposals include some complex and large proposals, 
    the overwhelming preponderance are relatively simple proposals that 
    raise no issues under the statutory factors that the Board is required 
    to consider. In more than 90 percent of the cases submitted to the 
    System, no public comment is submitted. Currently, these cases are 
    largely considered and approved by the Reserve Banks under delegated 
    authority in a process that involves a pre-acceptance period of on 
    average 25 days and final action about 30 days following the date of 
    acceptance of a filing.
        In these cases, the Board believes that there is room to revise the 
    current review process to reduce paperwork and regulatory burden. The 
    Board believes that this reduction in burden can be accomplished 
    without diminishing the System's review of the statutory factors in any 
    case or the opportunity for the public to provide information to the 
    System that is relevant to the statutory factors. Importantly, the 
    Board is maintaining the public notice and period for public comment 
    that currently apply to bank acquisitions, including bank acquisitions 
    reviewed under the streamlined procedures.
        Accordingly, the final rule adopts the streamlined review process 
    originally proposed by the Board, with several important modifications. 
    These changes are in response to specific concerns raised by commenters 
    and are designed to provide earlier and broader public notice of 
    acquisition proposals, better access to regulatory filings, and to 
    assure that the public continues to have a meaningful opportunity to 
    provide the System with relevant information regarding proposals 
    subject to System review. The Board believes that adoption of a 
    streamlined process for bank acquisitions as well as all of the other 
    revisions proposed by the Board to Regulation Y are within the 
    authority of the Board under the current BHC Act and do not require 
    statutory changes.
        The changes to the original proposal adopted in the final rule are 
    discussed more fully below and include the following:
        * Timing of Publication. The regulatory filing for a bank or 
    nonbank acquisition proposal must be made within 15 calendar days of 
    publication of the request for comment on the proposal (as opposed to 7 
    days under the current procedure and 30 days under the original 
    proposed revisions);
        * New Methods of Public Notice. In order to make public notice 
    available earlier, a new list of all bank and nonbank acquisition 
    proposals subject to System review will be prepared weekly and updated 
    every 3 days, and made available to all interested parties using three 
    methods: by mail (on a weekly basis), through a dedicated fax-on-demand 
    facility (available 24 hours every day), and on the Board's Internet 
    Home Page;
        * Information Regarding Convenience and Needs. The regulatory 
    filing under the streamlined procedure will retain the current 
    requirement that the filer briefly describe the proposed transaction 
    and the parties to the transaction, and, in the case of a bank or 
    thrift acquisition, will require (as under the current procedure) a 
    brief discussion of the effects of the proposal on the convenience and 
    needs of the community and of steps that are being taken by the 
    acquiring company to address weaknesses at insured institutions that 
    have not received at least a satisfactory CRA performance rating;
        * Convenience and Needs Standard. In the case of a bank or thrift 
    acquisition, the standards for qualifying for the streamlined procedure 
    have been modified to require the acquiring bank holding company to 
    show that the transaction is consistent with the convenience and needs 
    standard in the BHC Act as well as requiring that the CRA performance 
    rating of the lead insured institution and insured institutions with at 
    least 80 percent of the assets of the acquiring bank holding company be 
    satisfactory or better;
        * Timely Comments Require Full Consideration. A provision has been 
    added specifying that a proposal filed under the streamlined procedure 
    will be reviewed under the normal 30/60 day review process if a 
    substantive written comment is received by the System during the public 
    comment period;
        * Guidance in Defining Substantive Comments. A provision has been 
    added describing generally the types of comments that would be 
    considered substantive (this provision contemplates that the vast 
    majority of comments that are now considered by the Board would 
    continue to be reviewed by the Board);
        * Extensions to Obtain Filing. A provision has been added 
    incorporating the Board's current policy of exercising discretion, 
    based on the facts and circumstances, to grant an extension of the 
    public comment period of 1 to 15 days to an interested member of the 
    public that has made a timely request for a copy of the regulatory 
    filing on a proposal (this extension will not itself disqualify a 
    proposal from consideration under the streamlined procedure);
        * Joint Extension Requests. A provision has been added reflecting 
    the Board's current policy of permitting a
    
    [[Page 9293]]
    
    reasonable extension of the public comment period where the extension 
    is jointly requested by an interested person and the applicant (for 
    example, in order to permit completion of discussions between the 
    applicant and the interested person); and,
        * Size Limitation. A size limitation of $7.5 billion on any 
    individual acquisition that may qualify for the streamlined procedures 
    has been added as well as a limitation of 15 percent of the 
    consolidated total capital of the acquiring company on the total 
    consideration that may be paid in the case of the acquisition of a 
    nonbanking company.
        Under the new rule, bank and thrift acquisition proposals that meet 
    the qualifying criteria in the regulation would be considered under a 
    streamlined procedure that allows System action 3 business days 
    following the close of the public comment period. This streamlined 
    review process will allow System action on a qualifying proposal 
    typically between 18 and 21 calendar days after the regulatory filing 
    is made with the System. In addition, the regulatory filing required in 
    these cases includes less paperwork than under the current procedures. 
    Cases that are complex, or that raise an issue of first impression, 
    issues of safety and soundness or other concerns, or that raise 
    concerns regarding the effect of the proposal in the relevant 
    communities will, as under the Board's current rules and policies, 
    receive more in-depth analysis. Moreover, the Board retains the ability 
    to notify a bank holding company for any reason that the streamlined 
    notice procedure is not available and that the normal 30/60-day 
    procedure must be followed.
        The final rule eliminates unnecessary delay in all bank acquisition 
    proposals by eliminating the current pre-acceptance period. Elimination 
    of this period reduces the System review process by an average of 25 
    days. The function of this pre-acceptance period was to collect 
    information regarding the specific proposal that may not be described 
    in the original filing. The Board's experience in reviewing nonbanking 
    proposals (which are not subject to a pre-acceptance review period) 
    indicates that this period is not necessary and that the System is able 
    to request and obtain additional information in a timely fashion during 
    the normal review period that begins after acceptance of the regulatory 
    filing. The final rule allows the System to continue to request 
    additional information at any time and to return as incomplete any 
    filing that does not contain the information prescribed in the 
    regulation.
        The final rule also adopts the procedures established in the 
    Regulatory Relief Act regarding nonbanking proposals. These provisions 
    eliminate the prior notice and approval requirements of the BHC Act for 
    any bank holding company that meets the qualifying criteria to engage 
    de novo in any nonbanking activity approved by the Board by regulation. 
    In addition, the Regulatory Relief Act established a streamlined 12-
    business day review process for proposals by well-run bank holding 
    companies to acquire a company (other than an insured depository 
    institution) engaged in permissible nonbanking activities or to engage 
    de novo in nonbanking activities approved only by order.
        A company or proposal that does not qualify for the streamlined 
    procedure would follow the current application process, which provides 
    for Reserve Bank action within 30 days of filing and for Board action 
    within 60 days of filing. In the event that the System determines that 
    a proposal filed under the streamlined procedure must be reviewed under 
    the normal 30/60-day procedure, the final rule provides that the notice 
    filed under the streamlined procedure would be accepted under the 
    normal procedure and the normal procedure would be deemed to have begun 
    at the time the notice was filed under the streamlined procedure. In 
    cases that have been shifted from the streamlined to the normal 
    processing schedule, the Reserve Bank and the Board would determine 
    whether information supplementing the streamlined filing is needed to 
    address the relevant issues. As in any case, the System may request any 
    additional information during the processing period necessary to 
    resolve issues related to the proposal.
    2. Public Participation in Review Process
    a. Public Notice
        The original proposal retained the current requirement for public 
    notice of all acquisition proposals, including a full 30-day public 
    comment period for bank acquisition proposals. As noted above, the 
    final rule retains the current public notice requirement and 30-day 
    public comment period for bank acquisition proposals, including 
    proposals that qualify for the streamlined procedure. Public notice of 
    these proposals would continue to be given through newspaper 
    publications in the affected communities and through publication in the 
    Federal Register, as required under the Board's current procedures.
        The Regulatory Relief Act amended section 4 of the BHC Act to 
    eliminate the requirement for public notice of certain nonbanking 
    acquisition proposals by qualifying bank holding companies. The final 
    rule implements the statutory changes enacted by the Regulatory Relief 
    Act. Public notice of all acquisitions of insured depository 
    institutions, including savings associations, is still required, 
    however, and would mirror the notice requirements applicable to bank 
    acquisition proposals. In addition, public notice would continue to be 
    required for nonbank proposals that do not qualify for the streamlined 
    procedures under the Regulatory Relief Act, and for any proposal that 
    involves a new activity that has not previously been determined by the 
    Board to be closely related to banking.
    b. Steps To Improve Public Notice
        In connection with its revision of the current procedures, the 
    Board will implement three steps that are designed to improve the 
    effectiveness and timeliness of the public notice of acquisition 
    proposals. First, the Board will publish a new listing of all 
    acquisition proposals submitted for System approval under the BHC Act. 
    This new document will include all bank acquisition proposals that have 
    been published for comment, whether submitted under the streamlined or 
    normal procedures, as well as proposals to acquire a nonbanking company 
    that require public notice. This new document will be updated at least 
    weekly and will indicate the applicant and target organization, the 
    date that the public comment period closes, and the Reserve Bank to 
    which public comments may be sent. The new document will be a more 
    comprehensive list of cases open to public comment than the current H-2 
    (which includes only application/notices that have been filed with the 
    System and does not generally indicate proposals that have been 
    published for comment but not yet filed), and will be more quickly 
    available than the current H-2 (which includes a list of Board and 
    Reserve Bank final actions and other information that often requires a 
    longer time to assemble). This document will be available by mail.
        Second, to expedite distribution of this information, the Board 
    will make the new document available through a fax-on-demand call-in 
    facility. This facility will be available 24 hours a day, 7 days a 
    week, and will automatically fax a copy of the new document to any
    
    [[Page 9294]]
    
    caller. The information available on the fax call-in facility will be 
    updated at least every three business days.
        Third, the Board will make the new document available on its 
    Internet Home Page, along with other information, including a list of 
    actions taken by the System on applications and notices. Thus, the 
    Board's Internet Home Page will include a list of all acquisition 
    proposals requiring System approval under the BHC Act that have been 
    published for public comment. This list will identify the applicant, 
    target organization, closing date for the public comment period, and 
    the Reserve Bank to which comments may be submitted. This information, 
    like the fax call-in information, will be updated at least every 3 
    business days to reflect the addition of new proposals.
        As a complement to providing broader and earlier public notice, the 
    Board will make regulatory filings more quickly available to the 
    public. The System expects to make the public portion of all pending 
    applications/notices available to the public within 3 business days of 
    filing.
    c. Timing of Publication
        Several commenters supported allowing an applying bank holding 
    company to publish notice of a proposal up to 30 days in advance of 
    filing the required application/notice for System approval. This would 
    permit publication at a time closer to the announcement date of a 
    proposed acquisition.
        A large number of other commenters, however, suggested that 
    permitting an applicant to publish notice 30 days before submitting an 
    application/notice to the System would effectively deprive the public 
    of an opportunity to comment on the information contained in the 
    filing. These commenters were particularly concerned that this would 
    result in less informed comments and would force commenters to express 
    concerns relating to factors, such as the effect of the proposal on the 
    convenience and needs of the community or CRA performance, without 
    reviewing the plans of an applicant to address these matters or 
    discussing these plans with the applicant.
        In light of the comments, the Board has determined to adopt a 
    revised approach that permits publication up to 15 days prior to the 
    submission of the required filing. Under the Board's current rules, 
    publication may occur up to 7 days prior to submission of the 
    application. Allowing a slightly earlier publication date will allow 
    for a shorter regulatory process in cases that meet the criteria for 
    expedited action while at the same time assuring that the required 
    filing will be available to the public for a significant part of the 
    public comment period.
        To address the possibility that a filing may not be submitted 
    during the first 15 days of the public comment period, the final rule 
    incorporates the Board's current policy that the Board may, in its 
    discretion and based on the facts and circumstances, permit an 
    extension of the public comment period, of an appropriate length up to 
    15 days, for an interested person that makes a timely request for both 
    a copy of the required regulatory filing and additional time to file a 
    comment regarding a proposal. In considering whether to grant a request 
    for an extension, and the length of the extension to be granted, the 
    Board has in the past and will continue to take into account such 
    factors as when the proposal was announced and the regulatory filing 
    made available to the public, when the request for the regulatory 
    filing was made, and the specific reasons given by the requester for 
    being unable to file a timely comment. A decision to grant an extension 
    of the public comment period would not disqualify a proposal from 
    action under the streamlined procedure.
    d. Joint Requests To Extend the Comment Period
        A number of commenters argued that a shortened processing period 
    would frustrate the ability of community groups to conduct discussions 
    with applicants in connection with a bank acquisition proposal 
    regarding lending and other programs to help meet the convenience and 
    needs of the community. These commenters indicated that a shorter 
    regulatory review period would truncate the period for these 
    discussions and potentially force premature objections to acquisition 
    proposals, especially in situations that involve the initial entry of a 
    banking organization into the community.
        The Board believes that discussions between an insured institution 
    and community representatives for purposes of identifying and helping 
    to serve the banking needs of the community are appropriately and most 
    effectively conducted throughout the year and should not be confined to 
    the period when an acquisition proposal is under review. In the 
    application/notice context, the Board has granted requests for an 
    extension of the public comment period that were made jointly by an 
    interested party and an applicant for the purpose of allowing 
    completion of discussions regarding a matter, such as CRA performance 
    or competitive divestitures, that is relevant to the statutory factors 
    the Board must consider in reviewing the proposal. The final rule 
    specifically incorporates this policy and states that a reasonable 
    extension of the public comment period will be granted upon a joint 
    request of an interested member of the public and the applicant. This 
    type of extension will not disqualify an otherwise qualifying proposal 
    from consideration under the streamlined procedure.
    e. Protested Cases
        The streamlined procedure proposed by the Board provided that the 
    Board could require an applicant to follow the current 30 or 60 day 
    procedure if the Board indicates to the applicant for any reason that 
    the proposal does not qualify for the streamlined process. The Board 
    also stated that it expected that proposals by well-run bank holding 
    companies would be disqualified only sparingly and in extraordinary 
    situations. Among the situations identified by the Board as meriting 
    review under the normal 30/60-day procedure is the situation where a 
    timely substantive public comment is received by the System that raises 
    an issue that cannot be resolved by the Reserve Bank under its 
    delegated authority.
        A number of commenters argued that the Board should not disqualify 
    a proposal from consideration under the streamlined process on the 
    basis of a public comment regarding CRA or fair lending performance if 
    the applicant organization's insured depository institutions have 
    satisfactory or better CRA performance ratings or if the comment 
    relates to a matter that was reviewed in the CRA examination process. 
    Other commenters argued that a proposal should not be disqualified from 
    streamlined processing if a comment is submitted that relates to 
    information that is available to the Board outside the application 
    process (such as HMDA data) or a matter uniquely within the Board's 
    expertise (such as financial, managerial or competitive matters), or if 
    the commenter has not first attempted to discuss the concerns with the 
    acquiring organization outside the approval process.
        On the other hand, a large number of community groups and 
    representatives argued that the application/notice process provides an 
    important opportunity for members of the public and representatives of 
    affected communities to provide information to the System relating to 
    the impact of a proposal on the community. These
    
    [[Page 9295]]
    
    commenters argued that it is critical to preserve the ability of the 
    public to have input into the government review process and for the 
    Board to take a close look at proposals that raise concern in the 
    affected community. These commenters argued that the Board should 
    indicate in the regulation that submission of a comment would trigger 
    the normal 30/60-day processing period.
        The Board had indicated in its original proposal that the filing of 
    a timely comment could trigger the normal review process, and has 
    adopted the suggestion of commenters that this be specifically included 
    in the rule. Thus, the final rule provides that the normal 30/60-day 
    process applies in any case in which a timely substantive comment 
    regarding a proposal is received by the System. A proposal that is 
    considered under the normal process will be acted on as soon as the 
    System completes its review of the proposal, which may be before 
    expiration of the 30 or 60 day period.
        The final rule provides that a comment will be considered timely if 
    it is submitted in writing and is received by the appropriate Reserve 
    Bank or by the Board before the expiration of the public comment 
    period. A comment will be considered to be substantive unless the 
    comment involves individual complaints, or raises frivolous, 
    previously-considered or unsubstantiated claims, or irrelevant 
    issues.1 The Board notes that under this standard the vast 
    majority of comments that have in the past been considered by the Board 
    will continue to be viewed as substantive and will continue to be 
    reviewed by the Board. A comment that is delegable will be carefully 
    weighed in the review process by the Reserve Bank and any action taken 
    by the Reserve Bank is subject to review by the Board. The Reserve Bank 
    may seek additional information necessary to evaluate any delegable 
    comment and may refer a comment for investigation to the appropriate 
    federal banking agency or other relevant agency, if appropriate.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\ The Board will develop supervisory guidance identifying the 
    limited types of comments that may be considered under delegated 
    authority.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    f. Late Comments
        In its original proposal, the Board proposed to adhere to its 
    current rules governing consideration of public comments, and to 
    discontinue its practice of routinely considering comments, including 
    supplemental comments filed by a timely commenter, that are filed after 
    the close of the public comment period. The Board's Rules of Procedure 
    currently provide that the Board is required to consider a comment 
    involving an application or notice only if the comment is in writing 
    and is received by the System prior to the expiration of the public 
    comment period.
        A number of commenters argued that the Board should continue 
    routinely to consider late comments. Many of these comments focused on 
    the potential under the original proposal that the public comment 
    period could expire prior to the time that the regulatory filing was 
    made and that any comment based on the regulatory filing was, 
    therefore, likely to be late. Other commenters contended that public 
    notice of proposals and of the closing date of the comment period is 
    not adequate under the current rule, and, consequently, that late 
    comments should be accepted and considered. In addition, commenters 
    argued that the approval process is an important opportunity for the 
    community to participate in the review of transactions that will 
    directly affect the community, and that leeway should be given to the 
    community to submit late comments. A number of community groups 
    indicated that discussions with applicants, particularly applicants 
    entering a community for the first time, often require substantial time 
    and cannot always be completed during the public comment period.
        The Board believes that the public often provides the System with 
    important information in connection with acquisitions subject to System 
    review. Consequently, the Board has determined to provide public notice 
    and a significant period for public comment for all bank acquisition 
    proposals subject to System review under the BHC Act, including 
    proposals that qualify for the streamlined procedures.
        As noted above, the Board has also taken a number of significant 
    steps to improve the effectiveness of the public notice regarding bank 
    acquisition proposals, including establishing a public listing focused 
    on acquisitions that are subject to public comment and System review 
    and making this list available by mail, Internet and fax. In addition, 
    the Board has amended its original proposal to assure that the 
    regulatory filing will be submitted at least 15 days prior to the 
    expiration of the public comment period, and has reiterated its 
    policies regarding extensions of the public comment period to 
    accommodate joint discussions between members of the public and 
    applicants as well as timely requests for a regulatory submission that 
    has been filed after the start of the public comment period.
        Moreover, the Board notes that the public may at any time submit 
    comments regarding the effectiveness of an insured depository 
    institution in meeting the convenience and needs of the community for 
    consideration in connection with the on-site examination of the CRA 
    performance of the institution. The CRA examination process involves a 
    review of the actual lending performance of an institution and includes 
    discussions by examiners with members of the public regarding the 
    institution's performance. Comments submitted for consideration in the 
    CRA examination process provide the most effective opportunity for the 
    public to affect the CRA performance and CRA rating of any institution 
    and provide a regularly re-occurring opportunity for public input.
        For these reasons, the Board has determined to adhere to its 
    established rules regarding the filing of comments on proposals subject 
    to System review. Accordingly, the Board will not consider comments, 
    including supplemental comments filed by a timely commenter, that are 
    submitted after the close of the public comment period and the filing 
    of a late comment will not disqualify a proposal from review under the 
    streamlined procedure. The Board continues to reserve the right to 
    consider late comments at its discretion, but expects to exercise that 
    discretion only in extraordinary circumstances.
    3. Information Requirements
        For transactions that qualify for the streamlined procedure, the 
    Board proposed to reduce substantially the information required to be 
    filed with the System. For example, the Board proposed to eliminate the 
    requirement that the applicant submit financial information otherwise 
    available to the System and the requirement that the applicant provide 
    competitive data in cases that meet the Board's and the Department of 
    Justice's policies.
        Many commenters applauded the reduction in information requirements 
    for proposals that meet the criteria for streamlined processing. 
    Commenters noted that the costs of preparing an application/notice are 
    often substantial and argued that these costs are unnecessary in cases 
    that meet objective criteria and do not raise any regulatory issue. 
    Commenters believed that the savings would be substantial from reducing 
    the paperwork associated with applications and notices.
        A number of other commenters expressed concern that elimination of 
    certain information requirements from the regulatory filing would 
    reduce the
    
    [[Page 9296]]
    
    ability of the System adequately to review a proposal and of commenters 
    to assess the consequences of the proposal for the communities 
    involved. In particular, a large number of commenters objected to 
    eliminating the portion of the current application that requires an 
    applicant to explain the effect of a bank acquisition on the 
    convenience and needs of the affected communities. Commenters found 
    this information especially helpful in understanding the effect of a 
    proposal by an organization located outside the community to make its 
    initial entry into the community.
        The original proposal retained the requirement that applicants 
    briefly describe the proposed transaction and the institutions 
    involved, as well as the type of funding proposed. The final rule 
    continues to require this information.
        As an initial matter, the Board believes that very little 
    additional information is needed to evaluate the financial, managerial 
    and competitive factors regarding the types of non-complex proposals 
    that qualify for streamlined processing. The System already receives, 
    through reports and examinations, substantial information regarding the 
    financial and managerial resources of bank holding companies and their 
    subsidiaries. In addition, in order to qualify for the streamlined 
    procedure, the proposal must meet objective competitive criteria 
    designed to assure that the proposal does not raise an issue under 
    those factors.
        The Board agrees with commenters that the information regarding the 
    effect of a proposal on the convenience and needs of affected 
    communities currently provided by an acquiring bank holding company in 
    its regulatory submission is new information relevant to the System's 
    decision on the proposal that may not otherwise be available. Bank 
    holding companies currently provide a brief description of the effects 
    of an acquisition proposal on the convenience and needs of affected 
    communities in the regulatory filing. The Board's experience has been 
    that the description provided in the initial application is useful and 
    is not burdensome. Accordingly, the Board has determined to retain the 
    requirement that, as part of its initial filing for approval, an 
    applicant briefly explain the effect of a proposal on the convenience 
    and needs of the affected communities. As under the current 
    application/notice procedure, this explanation may contain a discussion 
    of the CRA performance record of the acquiring organization and any 
    actions that the organization proposes to take in order to help address 
    the credit and other banking needs of the affected communities.
        In addition, the final rule requires the applicant to outline the 
    steps the organization is taking to address weaknesses in the CRA 
    performance of insured depository institution subsidiaries of the 
    acquiring holding company that have received a less than satisfactory 
    CRA performance rating. The Board currently requests this information 
    in the application process and believes this information is important 
    for evaluating the ability of an acquiring organization to meet the 
    convenience and needs of communities in which a bank or savings 
    association acquisition is proposed. A holding company may satisfy this 
    information requirement by filing copies of information prepared for 
    the primary federal banking supervisor of the relevant institution, 
    other documents already prepared by the organization, or a summary of 
    the steps taken and being implemented.
        The final rule also modifies, in certain respects, the information 
    related to the financial, managerial and competitive factors that must 
    be provided. These changes require limited information regarding the 
    funding of an acquisition, certain pro forma financial information 
    regarding the acquiring bank holding company and financial information 
    regarding any nonbanking company that is proposed to be acquired. In 
    addition, limited information regarding proposed new management is 
    requested in certain cases. The final rule also clarifies the 
    information needed for a new principal shareholder of a bank holding 
    company to fulfill the notice requirement of the Change in Bank Control 
    Act in connection with a transaction that is reviewed under the 
    streamlined procedures of section 3 of the BHC Act.
        In connection with nonbanking proposals, the final rule modifies 
    the requirement that market index information be submitted in every 
    case in light of the fact that competition in many nonbanking 
    activities is broad and is measured on a national or regional basis 
    that often makes calculation of market indexes burdensome and 
    unnecessary. The rule requires instead a brief description of the 
    competitive effects of the proposal in the relevant market and, in 
    markets that are local in nature, a list of major competitors. It is 
    expected that the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank would indicate 
    to an applicant when market index information is necessary. Finally, 
    the rule requires a bank holding company that seeks approval under the 
    streamlined procedure for a nonbanking proposal to describe briefly the 
    public benefits of the proposal.
    4. Criteria To Qualify for Streamlined Procedures
        Many commenters lauded the use of objective criteria for 
    identifying proposals that would qualify for streamlined review. These 
    commenters found reliance on criteria that identify well-run bank 
    holding companies to be a constructive method of rewarding 
    organizations that are well run and encouraging other organizations to 
    take steps to meet these criteria. A significant number of commenters 
    also generally agreed that the standards proposed by the Board would 
    establish appropriate levels for identifying proposals that clearly 
    meet the statutory factors that the Board must consider under the BHC 
    Act.
        As discussed below, many other commenters expressed concern that 
    establishing a streamlined procedure based on objective criteria would 
    result in too little analysis of proposals under the streamlined 
    procedure. A large number of commenters also argued that it is 
    inappropriate to rely on CRA performance ratings as qualifying criteria 
    for the convenience and needs standard.
        The Board has adopted several modifications to the qualifying 
    criteria to address concerns raised by commenters.
    a. Definition of Well-Capitalized and Well-Managed Bank Holding 
    Companies
        In connection with its interim implementation of the Regulatory 
    Relief Act,2 the Board proposed to define a ``well-capitalized 
    bank holding company'' for purposes of determining qualification for 
    the streamlined procedure as any bank holding company that:
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \2\ The Board specifically requested comment on the definition 
    of well-capitalized bank holding company in connection with 
    enactment of the Regulatory Relief Act. Because the definition is 
    contained in Regulation Y, the Board considered comments regarding 
    that proposed definition in connection with this overall revision of 
    Regulation Y.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        * Maintains a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0 percent or 
    greater and a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0 percent or 
    greater, on a consolidated basis both before and immediately following 
    consummation of the proposal;
        * Maintains either a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0 percent or 
    greater or, if the bank holding company has a composite examination 
    rating of 1 or has implemented the risk-based capital measure for 
    market risk, a Tier 1
    
    [[Page 9297]]
    
    leverage ratio of 3.0 percent or greater, on a consolidated basis both 
    before and immediately following consummation of the proposal; and
        * Is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital 
    directive, asset maintenance requirement, or prompt corrective action 
    directive to meet or maintain a higher capital level for any capital 
    measure.
        Commenters generally supported these levels for defining a well-
    capitalized bank holding company. Commenters noted that the risk-based 
    levels parallel the level at which an insured bank is considered to be 
    well-capitalized for purposes of various provisions of federal law.
        Most commenters that addressed these requirements agreed that the 
    leverage ratio can be an inexact measure of capital adequacy for many 
    bank holding companies, particularly for holding companies that engage 
    in significant nonbanking activities or for bank holding companies that 
    have significant trading portfolios and fee-generating off-balance 
    sheet activities. Accordingly, a number of commenters requested that 
    the Board eliminate or further reduce the leverage requirement. Large 
    domestic banking organizations contended that the arguments for 
    adopting a lower leverage ratio for defining a well-capitalized bank 
    holding company than is used in defining a well-capitalized bank--
    namely that the leverage ratio is an inexact measure in certain 
    situations--also militate for elimination of the leverage ratio. 
    Foreign banks in particular assert that adoption of a leverage 
    requirement would violate the principle of national treatment and would 
    exclude strong and well-capitalized foreign banking organizations from 
    the streamlined procedure because a leverage ratio is not required 
    under the Capital Accord developed by the Basle Committee on Banking 
    Regulations and Supervisory Practices (``Basle Capital Accord'') and, 
    consequently, is not applicable to banks in many foreign countries.
        Smaller bank holding companies, on the other hand, argued that the 
    leverage ratio should be applicable to all organizations equally. These 
    organizations argued that eliminating or adopting a lower leverage 
    standard would create an advantage for large organizations in making 
    acquisitions.
        The Board believes that, in the limited context of determining the 
    qualifying criteria for the streamlined procedure, reliance on the 
    risk-based capital ratios is sufficient. As noted above, the risk-based 
    levels adopted are the same levels required in defining a well-
    capitalized bank.
        The final rule does not establish a minimum leverage ratio for a 
    bank holding company to qualify for the streamlined procedures because, 
    as noted above and in the Board's original proposal, the leverage ratio 
    is an inexact measure in certain situations. The Board has thus 
    determined to apply a definition that applies equally to all 
    organizations, regardless of size, origin or composition of balance 
    sheet. The Board retains the ability to disqualify any organization 
    from using the streamlined procedure if any financial or other factor, 
    including the organization's leverage ratio, indicates that a closer 
    review of the proposal is appropriate. The leverage ratio continues to 
    be a criterion in defining whether an insured depository institution 
    subsidiary of the holding company is well-capitalized.
        To qualify for the streamlined procedure, a bank holding company 
    must meet the risk-based capital levels on a consolidated basis. The 
    Board generally will not apply these definitions to intermediate-tier 
    bank holding companies involved in the transaction. The procedure 
    allows the Board to notify a bank holding company that it should follow 
    the normal 30/60-day procedure if the System has concern about the 
    financial strength of an intermediate-tier bank holding company that, 
    for example, is itself an operating company or that contains 
    significant debt.
        Several commenters argued that the Board should adopt a process for 
    granting exceptions to the capital requirements where the applicant can 
    demonstrate that capital ratios do not adequately indicate the 
    financial strength of the organization. In light of the other changes 
    that have been adopted, the Board does not believe that a special 
    exceptions process is necessary or appropriate. The capital criteria 
    are based on internationally accepted risk-based standards, and are for 
    the limited purpose of identifying companies that qualify for a 
    streamlined review process. Banking organizations that do not qualify 
    under these criteria are still permitted to make acquisitions and 
    engage in permissible nonbanking activities by following the normal 30/
    60 review process. As noted above, the standard of 10 percent total 
    risk-based capital and 6 percent Tier 1 risk-based capital applies to 
    all organizations, including foreign banking organizations, seeking to 
    take advantage of the streamlined procedures. In its request for 
    comment, the Board specifically requested comment on ways in which the 
    qualifying criteria should be defined for foreign banking organizations 
    in order to assure national treatment of foreign banking organizations 
    under the streamlined procedures. Based on these comments, the final 
    rule includes a number of provisions specifically applicable to foreign 
    banking organizations.
        Several commenters argued that, for purposes of determining whether 
    a foreign banking organization meets the capital levels necessary to 
    qualify for the streamlined procedure, a foreign banking organization 
    should be permitted to use the definition of capital adopted by the 
    home country of the foreign banking organization. For foreign banking 
    organizations from countries that have adopted capital standards in all 
    respects consistent with the Basle Capital Accord, the Board generally 
    agrees that this permits the least burdensome approach to applying 
    equivalent standards. Accordingly, the final rule provides that, for 
    purposes of determining whether a foreign banking organization meets 
    the capital ratios described above for a well-capitalized bank holding 
    company, a foreign banking organization may use the capital terms and 
    definitions of its home country provided that those standards are 
    consistent in all respects with the Basle Capital Accord. If the home 
    country has not adopted those standards, the foreign banking 
    organization may use the streamlined procedures if it obtains from the 
    Board a prior determination that its capital is equivalent to the 
    capital that would be required of a U.S. banking organization for these 
    purposes.
        The Regulatory Relief Act provides that, for purposes of 
    determining qualification for the streamlined procedures for nonbanking 
    proposals, U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banking organizations 
    are considered banks and must meet the capital and managerial standards 
    applicable to U.S. banks. The Board recognizes that branches and 
    agencies are a part of the foreign banking organization and that 
    capital is not allocated separately to a branch or agency. Accordingly, 
    for purposes of determining the qualification for the streamlined 
    procedures, the final rule deems the capital ratios of U.S. branches 
    and agencies of foreign banking organizations to be the same as the 
    capital level of the foreign banking organization.
        For purposes of determining whether a foreign banking organization 
    meets the managerial definition for the streamlined procedures, the 
    final rule requires that: (1) The largest U.S. branch, agency or 
    depository institution controlled by the foreign bank have
    
    [[Page 9298]]
    
    received at least a ``satisfactory'' composite examination rating from 
    its U.S. banking supervisor; (2) U.S. branches, agencies and depository 
    institutions representing at least 80 percent of the U.S. risk-weighted 
    assets controlled by the foreign banking organization at such offices 
    have received at least a ``satisfactory'' composite examination rating 
    from the U.S. banking supervisors; and (3) the overall rating of the 
    foreign banking organization's combined U.S. operations is at least 
    ``satisfactory.'' Further, no branch, agency or depository institution 
    may have received one of the two lowest composite ratings at its most 
    recent examination. In addition, as with domestic bank holding 
    companies, no U.S. branch, agency or insured depository institution may 
    be subject to an asset maintenance agreement with its chartering or 
    licensing authority. Under the final rule, the System may disqualify 
    any banking organization, including a foreign banking organization, 
    from using the streamlined procedure for any appropriate reason, 
    including if information from the primary supervisor of a domestic bank 
    or home country supervisor for a foreign bank indicates that a more in-
    depth review of proposals involving that organization is warranted.
        The final rule also retains the requirement that, in order to 
    qualify for the streamlined procedure for bank acquisition proposals, a 
    foreign banking organization must meet the home country supervision and 
    information sufficiency requirements of the BHC Act.
        Several commenters requested clarification of the types of 
    supervisory actions that would disqualify a bank holding company from 
    using the streamlined procedures. In this regard, the Regulatory Relief 
    Act provides that, for purposes of the streamlined nonbanking 
    procedures contained in that Act, a bank holding company may not be 
    subject to certain types of administrative enforcement proceedings. The 
    final rule clarifies that a bank holding company may not use the 
    streamlined procedures for any nonbanking proposal or any bank 
    acquisition proposal if any formal order, including a cease and desist 
    order, written agreement, capital directive, asset maintenance 
    agreement or other order or directive, is outstanding or any formal 
    administrative action is pending against the bank holding company or 
    any of its insured depository institutions. The System may, if 
    appropriate, require a bank holding company to follow the normal 30/60-
    day procedure if an informal action, such as a memorandum of 
    understanding or supervisory letter, pending against the bank holding 
    company or any affiliate indicates that a more in-depth review is 
    appropriate.
        The Regulatory Relief Act permits exclusion of recently acquired 
    insured depository institutions under certain circumstances in 
    determining whether a bank holding company is well-managed. This 
    exclusion has been adopted in the final rule for purposes of 
    determining a bank holding company's qualification for the streamlined 
    procedures for bank acquisition proposals as well as for nonbanking 
    proposals.
        The Regulatory Relief Act also permits the Board to adjust the 
    level of insured depository institutions that must meet the well-
    managed definition for purposes of the streamlined nonbanking 
    procedures, so long as the level adopted by the Board is consistent 
    with safety and soundness and the purposes of the BHC Act. For purposes 
    of the streamlined nonbanking procedures, the Board had proposed that 
    the parent bank holding company, the lead insured depository 
    institution and insured depository institutions controlling at least 80 
    percent of the insured depository institution assets of the holding 
    company be well-managed (rather than 90 percent as in the Regulatory 
    Relief Act). In addition, no insured depository institution controlled 
    by the bank holding company (other than a recently acquired 
    institution, subject to the limitations discussed above) may have 
    received one of the 2 lowest composite examination ratings.
        As noted above, commenters addressing this issue were largely in 
    favor of this definition. The Board believes that, in the limited 
    context of determining the availability of the streamlined procedures, 
    the definition proposed and adopted in the final rule, and in 
    particular, the level of insured depository institutions that must be 
    well-managed, will adequately identify organizations that merit a more 
    in-depth review and is a definition that is consistent with safety and 
    soundness and the purposes of the BHC Act. The Board notes that the 
    Board retains the authority and discretion to require any organization 
    to follow the normal procedures if appropriate.
    b. Competitive Criteria
        A few commenters suggested that the Board amend the competitive 
    criteria by eliminating or raising the qualifying threshold levels of 
    the Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (``HHI''), by increasing or eliminating 
    the market share test, and by allowing a bank holding company to meet 
    the competitive criteria after making divestitures. The Board has 
    determined not to change its formulation of the competitive standard 
    for the streamlined procedures.
        The competitive criteria proposed and adopted by the Board reflect 
    the HHI thresholds above which a bank acquisition proposal comes under 
    close scrutiny by the Department of Justice (``DOJ'') under the DOJ's 
    Horizontal Merger Guidelines as applied to bank acquisitions, and by 
    the Board under its existing delegation rules. In conducting a 
    competitive analysis, both the Board and the courts have found the 
    resulting market share to be an important indicator of the competitive 
    effects of a proposal. Finally, divestitures to address competitive 
    issues are not a normal event and typically indicate a transaction that 
    requires an evaluation of information and factors beyond what may be 
    accomplished in a streamlined procedure.
    c. Convenience and Needs
        Many commenters objected to the use of the CRA examination rating 
    as a measure of whether a proposal would meet the convenience and needs 
    of the communities affected by a bank acquisition proposal. These 
    commenters argued that CRA performance ratings are often outdated, are 
    as a rule too high and, at best, represent an average of an 
    institution's overall performance. These commenters also argued that 
    reliance on CRA ratings would amount to a safe-harbor for virtually all 
    institutions, and would represent a step that Congress considered and 
    rejected in adopting the Regulatory Relief Act. In addition, commenters 
    objected that use of these criteria would eliminate an in-depth review 
    of the convenience and needs standard in all but protested cases. 
    Commenters also objected to permitting an organization with up to 20 
    percent of its assets in institutions with unsatisfactory CRA 
    performance ratings to take advantage of streamlined procedures.
        Other commenters argued that CRA ratings provide the most reliable 
    indicator of an institution's record of helping to meet the credit and 
    other banking needs of the institution's existing communities and 
    represent a strong indicator of the institution's willingness and 
    ability to meet the banking needs of new communities. Several of these 
    commenters also contended that reliance on CRA performance ratings as a 
    criterion for streamlined processing of acquisition proposals would 
    encourage organizations to meet and maintain satisfactory performance 
    levels.
    
    [[Page 9299]]
    
        After review of the comments, the Board has determined to amend the 
    criteria for qualifying for the streamlined procedure. The criteria 
    adopted require that the record show that the proposal is consistent 
    with the convenience and needs standard under the BHC Act and that the 
    acquiring organization have satisfactory or outstanding performance 
    ratings under the CRA at its lead insured depository institution and 
    insured institutions representing at least 80 percent of the 
    organization's banking assets.
        As noted above, the Board has determined to retain the portion of 
    the current regulatory filing in which the applicant describes the 
    effect of the proposal on the convenience and needs of the affected 
    communities. The System would evaluate this information as well as 
    other information available to the System, including CRA performance 
    ratings, in determining whether a proposal meets the convenience and 
    needs factor in connection with the System's review of the proposal. 
    The Board continues to believe that the CRA performance rating is a 
    valuable and important measure of the record and ability of an 
    applicant to meet the convenience and needs of a community, and the 
    Board would, as currently, give significant weight to that performance 
    record in the streamlined process.
        The Board believes that it may adopt the streamlined procedures as 
    amended without any statutory changes to the BHC Act. The provisions 
    under consideration by Congress in connection with the Regulatory 
    Relief Act would have taken additional steps, including eliminating any 
    public notice and opportunity for comment on bank acquisition proposals 
    and eliminating consultation with the primary supervisor for the banks 
    involved in the transaction.
    d. Size
        The Board proposed to limit to 35 percent of the acquiring holding 
    company's assets the aggregate amount of bank and nonbanking assets 
    that may be acquired during a 12-month period using the streamlined 
    procedures. This aggregate limit would be calculated by reference to 
    transactions approved under the streamlined procedure and would not 
    include transactions that are reviewed under the normal 30/60-day 
    process.
        Several commenters argued that the 35 percent asset test would 
    allow very significant proposals by large bank holding companies to be 
    considered under the streamlined procedures, including mergers among 
    institutions that rank among the ten largest banking organizations in 
    the United States. These commenters contended that transactions that 
    are large in absolute terms always require in-depth agency review.
        A few other commenters argued, on the other hand, that it was 
    important to assure that the streamlined procedures are available to 
    acquisition proposals by large bank holding companies because 
    acquisitions by these institutions allow the benefits of reduced 
    regulatory costs to be shared by a larger number of consumers. These 
    commenters suggested that the Board expand the size criteria in various 
    ways.
        Still other commenters argued that the size restriction would 
    disproportionately limit transactions by small bank holding companies. 
    These commenters contended that a higher limit should be established 
    for small organizations because the objective criteria proposed by the 
    Board are particularly effective in identifying transactions that would 
    not raise statutory issues for small bank holding companies.
        In addition to these comments, the Board considered that the 
    Regulatory Relief Act applies a limit on nonbanking acquisitions of 10 
    percent of the acquiring bank holding company's assets, unless the 
    Board finds that a higher limit is consistent with safety and soundness 
    and the purposes of the BHC Act. The Regulatory Relief Act also 
    includes a limit of 15 percent of the holding company's consolidated 
    Tier 1 capital on the gross consideration that may be paid by a bank 
    holding company in a nonbanking acquisition that is reviewed under the 
    streamlined procedures contained in that Act.
        In view of these comments and enactment of the Regulatory Relief 
    Act, the Board has made two amendments to the size criterion originally 
    proposed. First, the Board has adopted an absolute limit of $7.5 
    billion to the size of an individual acquisition that may be reviewed 
    under the streamlined procedures. This limit would require an in-depth 
    review--on the basis of size alone--of any combination between 
    organizations within approximately the one-hundred largest bank holding 
    companies or involving nonbanking companies with a significant amount 
    of assets.
        The second change to the size criterion involves adoption of a 
    limit on the gross consideration that may be paid in a nonbanking 
    acquisition by a bank holding company under the streamlined process. As 
    noted above, this limit was included in the Regulatory Relief Act. The 
    Board believes that, in the context of a nonbanking acquisition, a 
    measure based on consideration paid often represents a better test of 
    the potential impact of a proposal on the financial resources of the 
    acquiring organization than a test based on the amount of assets 
    acquired because nonbanking acquisitions often involve the purchase of 
    expertise and fee-based businesses that do not involve significant 
    assets.
        As noted above, the Regulatory Relief Act adopted a limit of 10 
    percent of assets on the size of any individual nonbanking acquisition 
    that may occur under the streamlined procedures. The Regulatory Relief 
    Act allows the Board, by regulation, to adopt an asset size limit that 
    exceeds the 10 percent limit if the Board determines that a different 
    percentage is consistent with safety and soundness and the purposes of 
    the BHC Act.
        The Board has determined to adopt its proposed 35 percent limit. 
    The size limit adopted by the Board takes account of the aggregate size 
    of all acquisitions--both bank and nonbank acquisitions--reviewed under 
    the streamlined procedures over a period of time that approximates the 
    supervisory examination schedule for most banking organizations. This 
    aggregate limit allows better monitoring of the overall growth of an 
    organization than does an individual transaction limit. As noted above, 
    the Board has also adopted an absolute limit of $7.5 billion on any 
    individual acquisition that may be reviewed under the streamlined 
    procedure, as well as a limit on the amount of consideration that may 
    be paid in a nonbanking acquisition. The Board has also retained the 
    ability to require review of any transaction using the normal 30/60-day 
    process if warranted for safety and soundness or other reasons. The 
    Board believes that, in view of these other limitations, the aggregate 
    35 percent size limit is consistent with safety and soundness and the 
    purposes of the BHC Act.
        The Board has determined not to raise the size of its proposed 
    exception from the growth limit for smaller bank holding companies. The 
    Board proposed to permit a qualifying bank holding company to make 
    acquisitions without regard to the 35 percent of asset limitation so 
    long as the total assets of the bank holding company remained below 
    $300 million on a pro forma basis. The Board believes that it is 
    important to monitor rapid growth in the relative size of an 
    organization and that an examination rating may not accurately reflect 
    the financial and managerial strength of an organization that has grown 
    significantly since the last examination was conducted. The Board also 
    notes that a significant
    
    [[Page 9300]]
    
    number of acquisitions by smaller bank holding companies that exceed 
    the growth limit are likely to continue to qualify for the normal 30-
    day delegated action procedure.
    e. Notice to Primary Bank Supervisor
        In the case of the acquisition of a bank, the BHC Act requires that 
    the primary supervisor for the bank to be acquired be given 30 calendar 
    days in which to submit comments on the transaction. A similar 
    provision was enacted in the Regulatory Relief Act that requires 30 
    days notice to be given to the Director of the Office of Thrift 
    Supervision of a proposal by a bank holding company to acquire a 
    savings association.
        Financial, managerial, legal, safety and soundness, and other 
    concerns that are known to the primary bank supervisor generally are 
    shared with the System through ongoing arrangements for sharing 
    supervisory information. Similarly, the System and the Office of Thrift 
    Supervision regularly coordinate efforts and share information. 
    Consequently, in practice, the primary supervisor generally allows the 
    notice period regarding an application to expire without filing 
    comments.
        To implement this statutory requirement, the final rule requires 
    the appropriate Reserve Bank to provide notice of each bank acquisition 
    proposal to the primary supervisor for the relevant banks and of each 
    savings association acquisition to the Director of OTS. The final rule 
    allows the System to act on any proposal that qualifies for the 
    streamlined procedure even though the period for obtaining comments 
    from the primary supervisor has not expired. The final rule provides, 
    however, that the System's action is subject to revocation if the 
    primary supervisor objects to a transaction within the relevant notice 
    period. Because bank acquisition proposals may not be consummated for 
    at least 15 days after System action--which is the minimum post-
    approval period permitted by statute to allow DOJ review of a bank 
    acquisition--it is expected that the notice period for the primary 
    supervisor will expire prior to consummation of a bank acquisition 
    proposal. In the case of thrift acquisitions, the OTS is working with 
    the Board to streamline the comment process.
    5. Preacceptance Review Period
        The Board proposed to eliminate the current period prior to 
    acceptance of a regulatory filing regarding a bank acquisition proposal 
    during which the Reserve Bank reviews the informational sufficiency of 
    the filing. Instead, the Board proposed to accept immediately any 
    submission that contains the information specified in the rule for the 
    proposed type of transaction. This change eliminates a pre-acceptance 
    period that typically averages 25 days.
        While commenters were generally in favor of this change, a number 
    of commenters objected that elimination of the pre-acceptance period 
    would reduce the ability of the System to obtain information needed to 
    evaluate properly the merits of a proposal. The Board disagrees. The 
    elimination of the pre-acceptance period does not in any way diminish 
    the ability of the System at any time to request, or the responsibility 
    of the applicant/notificant to provide, additional relevant information 
    needed to evaluate a proposal. In addition, the Board has retained the 
    right to return as incomplete any submission that does not contain the 
    information specified in the regulation or appropriate form.
        The Board had previously eliminated a similar pre-acceptance period 
    that applied to nonbanking acquisitions. The Board's experience with 
    elimination of the pre-acceptance period for nonbanking acquisitions 
    has indicated that a similar period is not necessary for bank 
    acquisition proposals.
    6. Hart-Scott-Rodino Act
        One commenter expressed concern whether bank and nonbanking 
    acquisitions approved under the Board's streamlined procedures would be 
    exempt from the notification requirements of section 7A of the Clayton 
    Act. Section 7A of the Clayton Act, as added by the Hart-Scott-Rodino 
    Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (15 U.S.C. 18A) (``HSR Act''), 
    requires that persons contemplating certain mergers and acquisitions 
    provide notice of the transaction to the Federal Trade Commission 
    (``FTC'') and the DOJ. The HSR Act, however, specifically provides an 
    exemption from these filing requirements for transactions that require 
    agency approval under section 3 of the BHC Act (i.e., the acquisition 
    of shares or control of a bank or bank holding company). In addition, 
    the HSR Act provides an exemption for transactions that require agency 
    approval under section 4 of the BHC Act (i.e., the acquisition by a 
    bank holding company of a nonbanking company) if the acquiring company 
    provides to the FTC and DOJ copies of all information filed with the 
    Board.
        The Board believes that the streamlined procedures under Regulation 
    Y continue to satisfy the requirement for an exemption from the HSR Act 
    for both bank and nonbanking acquisitions. The streamlined procedures 
    represent a more streamlined procedure for obtaining System approval 
    for the acquisition of a bank or bank holding company under section 3 
    or the acquisition of a nonbanking company under section 4 of the BHC 
    Act. As provided in the HSR Act, bank holding companies would continue 
    to be required to file with the DOJ and FTC the information submitted 
    to the Board in connection with a nonbanking acquisition. The staff of 
    the DOJ and FTC have informally agreed with this position.
    7. Conditional Approval
        The Board has authority to impose conditions in connection with its 
    action on any proposal, and has in fact imposed conditions that address 
    safety and soundness, CRA, conflicts of interest, and competitive 
    issues in a number of prior cases. The final rule incorporates this 
    policy in order to make clear that this authority is available in 
    connection with action on any case, including a case that qualifies for 
    the streamlined procedure.
    8. Waiver Process
        The Board's current regulation permits bank holding companies to 
    seek a waiver of the application filing requirement under the BHC Act 
    for transactions that involve the acquisition of stock of a bank for an 
    instant in time as part of a bank-to-bank merger reviewed by another 
    federal banking agency under the Bank Merger Act. The Board proposed 
    three changes to this portion of the regulation. First, the Board 
    proposed to reduce the period for its review of waiver requests to 10 
    days from 30 days. Second, the Board proposed to specify in the 
    regulation the information that must be provided with a waiver request. 
    Third, the Board proposed to make the waiver process available for 
    certain internal corporate reorganizations.
        Commenters discussing this proposal generally supported these 
    changes. Several commenters suggested that the Board make waivers 
    automatic and eliminate the filing and review requirement altogether. 
    Another commenter argued, on the other hand, that the Board should not 
    allow the waiver of any application and should require application 
    filings in every case.
        The Board continues to believe that the waiver process represents a 
    sensible reduction in duplication of regulatory review of proposals 
    that are subject to review under identical standards in two different 
    federal statutes. Accordingly, the Board has determined to retain the 
    waiver process with the changes proposed. The Board believes that a 10-
    
    [[Page 9301]]
    
    day review process is adequate and necessary to allow the System to 
    identify any aspect of the proposal that may have a material effect on 
    the bank holding company or otherwise fall outside the purview of the 
    federal banking agency that is reviewing the merits of the underlying 
    transaction.
        The Board also believes that, as a general matter, corporate 
    reorganizations (such as the formation of a wholly owned intermediate-
    tier holding company, the merger of wholly owned holding companies, and 
    the transfer of a bank from one part of an organization to another part 
    of the same organization) do not generally require agency review. In 
    each case, the bank holding company already has System approval to 
    control and operate the banks involved in the transaction. In these 
    cases, the Board agrees with commenters that a waiver should be 
    automatic. The supervisory process provides the Board with ample 
    authority and opportunity to address concerns that may arise from 
    internal corporate reorganizations. Accordingly, the Board has adopted 
    its proposal to extend the waiver process to internal corporate 
    reorganizations and has made these waivers available without any filing 
    requirement.3
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \3\ Under the final rule, the waiver process is not available 
    for transactions by a holding company that is organized in mutual 
    form or for transactions that occur outside the United States. These 
    cases typically raise a variety of issues that require review in the 
    application/notice process.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    9. Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement
        As published in the proposed revision to Regulation Y, the Board's 
    policy statement on one-bank holding companies was revised to 
    generalize its applicability beyond the formation of a bank holding 
    company to include acquisitions by qualifying small bank holding 
    companies, to reduce the burden in the applications process, to 
    incorporate previously informal policies that evolved since the 
    original publication of the statement, and to remove obsolete language. 
    Specifically, the Board proposed to permit small bank holding companies 
    whose subsidiary banks are well managed and well-capitalized and whose 
    proposals result in parent company debt to equity of less than 1.0:1, 
    to be eligible for streamlined processing. These companies would also 
    be permitted to pay dividends under certain conditions that are more 
    clearly defined than in the existing statement. Proposals involving 
    higher parent company leverage or a bank in less-than-satisfactory 
    condition would be subjected to a focused review of the parent-level 
    debt servicing ability, or other issue presented, under the Board's 
    normal procedures. These organizations would also be restricted from 
    paying dividends until their leverage was reduced to a 1.0:1 level and 
    the organization is otherwise in satisfactory condition.
        The final statement incorporates several changes that further 
    reduce burden and make the policy statement more consistent with the 
    general revisions to Regulation Y. It also incorporates suggestions 
    from commenters and further clarifies the statement.
        The major substantive change eliminates a disparity between larger 
    and smaller bank holding companies in qualifying for the Board's 
    streamlined procedures. The final statement incorporates the 
    requirement that, to qualify for the new streamlined procedure, banks 
    controlling 80 percent of the organization must be well-managed and 
    well-capitalized, as opposed to the requirement in the previous version 
    of the statement that all banks meet these criteria.
        To address concern about the availability of the streamlined 
    procedures to small bank holding companies that have not yet received 
    an inspection rating, the final rule permits any unrated bank holding 
    company, including a small bank holding company, to be eligible for 
    streamlined processing as long as its subsidiary bank(s) are well-
    capitalized and well-rated and the bank holding company obtains a 
    determination from the System that the company qualifies for the 
    streamlined procedures.
        Several commenters urged the Board to raise the $150 million size 
    limit to qualify as a small bank holding company. The Board has 
    determined not to raise this level at this time. The Board is concerned 
    that an increase in the availability of higher levels of debt without 
    consolidated capital requirements would raise overall risks to the 
    banking system, including increased risk to the Bank Insurance Fund, 
    without sufficient offsetting public benefits.
        The statement was also reformatted to make it more understandable 
    and several technical and conforming changes have been adopted.
    10. One-Bank Holding Company Formations
        The Board proposed a number of modifications to the streamlined 
    notice procedure governing proposals by existing shareholders of a bank 
    to establish a bank holding company. To qualify for this procedure 
    under current rules, the shareholders of the bank must acquire at least 
    80 percent of the shares of the new bank holding company in 
    substantially the same proportion as the shareholders' bank ownership, 
    all shareholders must certify that the shareholders are not subject to 
    any supervisory or administrative action, and the bank holding company 
    must identify the shareholders of the new bank holding company.
        The Board proposed to reduce the percentage of the bank holding 
    company that must be owned by shareholders of the bank from 80 to 67 
    percent and to require only the principal shareholders (i.e., 
    shareholders owning in excess of 10 percent of the bank holding 
    company) to certify that they are not subject to any supervisory or 
    administrative action. In addition, the Board proposed to eliminate the 
    publication requirement for this category of bank holding company 
    formation because no publication is required for these transactions 
    under the Riegle Act and because no regulatory purpose is served by 
    requiring publication of these transactions, which represent only a 
    corporate reorganization.
        Only two commenters addressed these proposed revisions. Both 
    supported the revisions and stated that the changes would help reduce 
    unnecessary burden on individuals forming small bank holding companies. 
    Accordingly, the Board has adopted the proposed changes in the final 
    rule.
    
    B. Explanation of Proposed Changes to the Nonbanking Provisions
    
    1. General Review and Updating of Nonbanking Activities
        Section 4(c)(8) of the BHC Act generally provides that a bank 
    holding company may engage in, or acquire shares of a company engaged 
    in, activities that the Board has determined, after notice and 
    opportunity for comment, ``to be so closely related to banking or 
    managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.'' The 
    Board may make this determination by order or by regulation. The Board 
    has to date determined by regulation that 24 activities are ``closely 
    related to banking'' and has determined by individual order that a 
    number of additional activities are also ``closely related to 
    banking.''
        Once the Board has determined--either by regulation or by order--
    that an activity is ``closely related to banking,'' the Board need not 
    make that determination again in subsequent cases. Review of subsequent 
    cases is limited to determining whether the
    
    [[Page 9302]]
    
    conduct of the nonbanking activity by the applying bank holding company 
    would result in public benefits that outweigh the potential adverse 
    effects (the ``proper incident'' test).
        The list of nonbanking activities contained in Regulation Y (the 
    ``laundry list'') is intended to serve the purpose of providing a 
    convenient and detailed list of most of the activities that the Board 
    has found to be closely related to banking and therefore permissible 
    for bank holding companies. The Regulation Y laundry list also 
    designates the activities that may be approved by the Reserve Banks 
    under delegated authority, although the Board has delegated authority 
    for Reserve Banks to act on proposals involving a number of activities 
    approved by order during intervals between modifications of Regulation 
    Y.
        The Board has adopted its proposed reorganization and revision of 
    the list of permissible nonbanking activities contained in Regulation 
    Y. Commenters generally agreed that reorganizing the list into 
    categories of functionally related activities would make the list 
    easier to understand and make it easier for bank holding companies to 
    obtain approval to engage in related activities. The Board intends that 
    this new organization of the laundry list permit a bank holding company 
    to obtain approval at one time to engage in all of the activities on 
    the laundry list, all activities listed in a functional category, or, 
    at the holding company's choosing, any specific activity within a 
    category.
        As explained above, the Board has also amended Regulation Y to 
    incorporate the changes enacted in the Regulatory Relief Act that 
    eliminate the prior approval requirement for well-run bank holding 
    companies that propose to engage de novo in nonbanking activities that 
    have been permitted by regulation. This change will significantly 
    reduce regulatory burden and improve the ability of well-run bank 
    holding companies to respond quickly to changes in the marketplace by 
    eliminating the requirement that these companies obtain System approval 
    prior to commencing de novo an activity permitted by regulation. This 
    change will also permit a well-run bank holding company, without any 
    prior notice or Board approval, to commence immediately any activity 
    that is currently on the laundry list, any activity that has been added 
    to the regulatory list of permissible activities in this final rule, 
    and any new activity that is added to the regulatory laundry list in 
    the future, provided that the bank holding company meets the qualifying 
    criteria at the time the nonbanking activity is commenced. A bank 
    holding company that does not qualify under the final rule may file a 
    notice seeking approval to engage in any or all activities contained on 
    the laundry list, as reorganized in this final rule.
        The Board has also adopted a streamlined procedure for well-run 
    bank holding companies to obtain System approval to make nonbanking 
    acquisitions that fall within the size limits noted above. This 
    streamlined procedure is also available for proposals to engage de novo 
    in nonbanking activities that have been permitted only by order.
        As explained more fully below, the Board has amended the regulatory 
    list of permissible activities to include nonbanking activities that 
    previously have been determined by order to be closely related to 
    banking. Among the activities that have been included are: (1) Riskless 
    principal transactions; (2) private placement services; (3) foreign 
    exchange trading for a bank holding company's own account; (4) dealing 
    and related activities in gold, silver, platinum and palladium; (5) 
    employee benefits consulting; (6) career counseling services; (7) asset 
    management, servicing and collection activities; (8) acquiring and 
    resolving debt-in-default; (9) printing and selling checks; and (10) 
    providing real-estate settlement services.
        In addition, the Board has broadened the scope of permissible 
    derivatives and foreign exchange activities to assure that bank holding 
    companies may conduct these activities to the same degree as banks. As 
    explained below, the final rule also removes several restrictions on 
    these activities that apply to bank holding companies but do not apply 
    to banks that conduct these activities.
    2. Removal of Restrictions Governing Permissible Activities
        The Board has determined to remove a significant number of 
    restrictions currently contained in the regulation that are outmoded, 
    have been superseded by Board order, or do not apply to insured 
    depository institutions that conduct the same activity. The removal of 
    these restrictions from the regulation does not affect the Board's 
    determination that each activity contained on the laundry list is so 
    closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. A 
    detailed discussion of the restrictions that have been removed is 
    contained in subsections (3), (5) and (6), or the section below 
    explaining ``Restrictions Removed from Permissible Nonbanking 
    Activities.''.
        The Board has determined to grant relief from these conditions to 
    all bank holding companies authorized to conduct each activity, without 
    the need for a specific filing by any individual bank holding company. 
    Henceforth, a bank holding company authorized to conduct an activity on 
    the revised laundry list may conduct that activity subject to the 
    limitations retained in this final rule and to other applicable laws. 
    This relief extends only to the restrictions described as being removed 
    in subsections (3), (5) or (6), or the section below explaining 
    ``Restrictions Removed from Permissible Nonbanking Activities.'' In 
    particular, the relief does not extend to commitments or conditions 
    that relate to the financial resources of a particular bank holding 
    company or its subsidiaries, or to commitments or conditions that 
    relate to the risk management polices of the organization, periods for 
    divestiture of impermissible assets or shares, or other commitments or 
    conditions that are not discussed in subsections (3), (5), or (6) or 
    the section below explaining ``Restrictions Removed from Permissible 
    Nonbanking Activities.'' Bank holding companies that have committed to 
    comply with restrictions not described in those sections as being 
    removed may in writing request a determination that the condition or 
    commitment is no longer appropriate.
        In granting this relief, the Board notes that some of the 
    conditions removed from activities on the Regulation Y laundry list 
    involve restrictions imposed under other laws and regulations, such as 
    the federal securities laws or the Commodity Exchange Act. The Board's 
    action does not relieve any bank holding company of its obligation to 
    conduct each activity in accordance with relevant state and federal law 
    governing the activity. Other restrictions that have been removed 
    describe good business practice but are not required to define the 
    lawful scope of permissible activity. The Board will continue through 
    the inspection process to monitor carefully the conduct of nonbanking 
    activities by individual bank holding companies and reserves the right 
    to impose any condition on the nonbanking activities or operations of 
    any bank holding company as appropriate to assure that the activity is 
    conducted in a safe and sound manner and within the authority granted 
    by the Board.
    3. Revision of Policy Statement Governing Investment Advisory 
    Activities
        The Board proposed to remove four restrictions contained in its 
    1972
    
    [[Page 9303]]
    
    interpretive rule regarding the investment advisory activities of bank 
    holding companies with respect to mutual funds and other investment 
    companies. These restrictions prohibit a bank holding company from:
        * Owning any shares of a mutual fund advised by the bank holding 
    company;
        * Lending to a mutual fund advised by the bank holding company;
        * Accepting shares of a mutual fund that the holding company 
    advises as collateral for any loan to a customer for the purpose of 
    purchasing those mutual fund shares; and
        * Serving as an investment adviser to an investment company or 
    mutual fund that has a name that is similar to, or a variation of, the 
    name of the bank holding company or any of its subsidiary banks.
        These restrictions are intended to ensure that a bank holding 
    company does not control a mutual fund in violation of the Glass-
    Steagall Act, as well as to mitigate potential conflicts of interests 
    and the potential for customer confusion about the uninsured nature of 
    investment company shares. The Board had previously removed a 
    prohibition on a bank holding company purchasing, as a fiduciary, 
    shares of a mutual fund advised by the holding company as well as 
    restrictions contained in a staff letter (the ``Sovran letter'') on the 
    sale of mutual funds by employees of a holding company and its 
    affiliates.
        As the Board noted in its proposal, existing statutory provisions 
    appear adequate to address concerns about the ownership of shares of a 
    mutual fund by the bank holding company. In particular, the investment 
    limitations of section 4 of the BHC Act appear adequate to mitigate 
    potential conflicts of interests that could result from removal of the 
    investment restriction and limit the ability of a bank holding company 
    to acquire more than 5 percent of the voting shares of or to control a 
    mutual fund it advises.
        Removal of the two lending restrictions would permit bank holding 
    companies and their affiliates to make certain loans to the extent 
    permissible under applicable federal or state law. For example, federal 
    law permits insured banks, within limits, to make loans to a mutual 
    fund advised by the bank, and the federal securities laws govern the 
    extension of credit by any broker/dealer to a customer to purchase 
    shares of a mutual fund. The System expects that extensions of credit 
    by the holding company to a mutual fund or to a customer who uses the 
    shares as collateral for the loan would be done on a safe and sound 
    basis.
        The Board proposed to replace the fourth restriction with a 
    provision permitting similar names so long as: (1) The investment 
    company name is not identical to that of the holding company or an 
    affiliated insured depository institution; (2) the investment company 
    name does not include the term ``bank,''; and (3) the holding company 
    or investment company discloses to customers in writing the role of the 
    holding company as an adviser to the investment company and that shares 
    of the investment company are not federally insured and are not 
    obligations of or guaranteed by any insured depository institution. The 
    SEC permits an investment company to have a name similar to that of an 
    insured depository institution provided that the investment company 
    makes a number of disclosures that advise customers that the investment 
    company is not federally insured or guaranteed by the insured 
    depository institution.4
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \4\ Letter of May 13, 1993, [1993 Transfer Binder] Fed. Sec. L. 
    Rep. (CCH) Paragraph 76,683.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Many commenters strongly supported these proposed revisions. 
    Commenters stated that these changes would remove restrictions 
    addressed more directly by other provisions of law and would allow bank 
    holding companies to compete on a more equal basis with other 
    investment advisors. Several commenters urged the Board to allow an 
    investment company advised by a bank holding company to have a name 
    identical to that of the bank holding company so long as the name is 
    not identical to that of any subsidiary bank of the holding company. 
    These commenters also contended that the Board's disclosure 
    requirements in this area are duplicative and therefore should be 
    eliminated. A small number of other commenters objected that the 
    Board's proposal would cause increased confusion among customers 
    regarding the nature of uninsured investment products.
        After review of the comments, the Board believes that the proposed 
    revisions to the interpretive rule are appropriate, and has adopted the 
    revisions as proposed. The revised name restriction will allow 
    increased flexibility in the marketing of investment companies advised 
    by bank holding companies, and enhance the ability of bank holding 
    companies to compete with other bank and nonbank-affiliated investment 
    advisers. At the same time, the limitation on identical names and on 
    the use of the word ``bank,'' when coupled with the disclosure 
    requirements, should substantially mitigate the potential for customer 
    confusion about the un-insured nature of investment company shares.
        The Board believes that the disclosure requirements also continue 
    to be appropriate to address the potential for customer confusion in 
    situations in which the holding company or its affiliates advise a 
    mutual fund and the sale of the mutual fund shares is not covered by 
    the disclosure provisions of the Interagency Statement on Retail Sales 
    of Nondeposit Investment Products. The disclosure requirements are 
    increasingly proving to be an effective method for addressing potential 
    customer confusion and do not appear to be onerous.
    4. Procedures for Determining the Permissibility of Nonbanking 
    Activities
        The Board has adopted two provisions to Regulation Y to ease the 
    burden associated with determining the authorization and scope of 
    permissible nonbanking activities. First, the regulation specifically 
    reflects the fact that the Board may, on its own initiative, begin a 
    proceeding to find that an activity is permissible for bank holding 
    companies, as the Board did in the case of many of the earlier 
    nonbanking activities. As required by the BHC Act, the Board would 
    provide public notice that it is considering the permissibility of a 
    given activity and would provide an opportunity for public comment.
        The Board expects to consider amending the laundry list, for 
    example, as new activities are authorized for banks, as experience with 
    a narrowly defined activity indicates that the activity should be more 
    broadly defined, or as developments occur in technology or the 
    marketplace for financial products and services. The System will 
    actively track market developments as well as decisions that authorize 
    banks to conduct new activities and evaluate adding these activities to 
    the laundry list even if an individual request has not yet been made to 
    engage in these activities.
        Several commenters urged the Board to add a provision limiting the 
    processing period for evaluating proposals regarding the permissibility 
    of a particular new activity, much as the Board has proposed for 
    determining the scope of a currently permissible activity. On the other 
    hand, other commenters argued that the Board should seek public comment 
    on all proposals involving the permissibility of new activities or the 
    scope of currently permissible nonbanking activities.
        The BHC Act, as amended by the Regulatory Relief Act, requires that 
    the
    
    [[Page 9304]]
    
    Board provide notice and opportunity for public comment prior to 
    determining that an activity is closely related to banking. The 
    Regulatory Relief Act eliminated the requirement that the Board provide 
    an opportunity for a formal hearing regarding the permissibility of an 
    activity. The final rule reflects both of these statutory actions. In 
    particular, the final rule retains the provision currently in 
    Regulation Y for public notice and opportunity for comment in 
    connection with consideration of the permissibility of a new activity, 
    and eliminates the requirement for a hearing. The Board retains 
    discretion to order a formal or informal hearing regarding the 
    permissibility of an activity where a hearing may be useful in 
    resolving disputes of fact regarding an activity. Because of the 
    complexity of many of the issues raised in determining the 
    permissibility of a new activity, the Board has determined not to 
    establish a specific limit on the time for evaluating these proposals.
        The Board has amended the regulation to establish a streamlined 
    procedure outside the application process through which any bank 
    holding company or other interested person may request an advisory 
    opinion from the Board that a particular variation on an activity is 
    permissible under an existing authorization and is not deemed to be a 
    new activity. The Board would issue an advisory opinion within 45 days, 
    and make this opinion available and applicable to all similarly 
    situated bank holding companies. At the time the Board reviews an 
    activity, the Board would determine whether it is appropriate to permit 
    bank holding companies to engage in this activity without additional 
    approval (as, for example, a variation of one or more previously 
    authorized activities) or to require bank holding companies to obtain 
    approval prior to conducting the activity (because, for example, the 
    activity does not fall within a previously approved activity or 
    category or involves special risks or concerns). As noted above, well-
    run bank holding companies may, without prior Board approval, engage de 
    novo in any activity added to the regulatory laundry list.
        Commenters agreed that these two procedures should make it easier 
    for bank holding companies to participate in marketplace developments 
    in permissible nonbanking activities. In addition, these procedures 
    will eliminate a number of applications that are currently filed by 
    bank holding companies that are uncertain about the scope of 
    permissible activities.
    5. Nonbanking Activities That Are Incidental to a Permissible Activity
        The Board has adopted its proposal to permit a subsidiary of a bank 
    holding company engaged in financial data processing or management 
    consulting activities, as an incidental activity, to derive up to 30 
    percent of its annual revenue from nonfinancial data processing or 
    management consulting services, respectively. Commenters discussing 
    this aspect of the proposal strongly supported this proposal and 
    contended that bank holding companies engaged in data processing and 
    management consulting activities have substantial expertise in these 
    areas that allow them safely and soundly to provide these services 
    involving nonfinancial data or nonfinancial customers. In addition, 
    several commenters argued that bank holding companies currently are at 
    a competitive disadvantage in providing data processing and management 
    consulting services and in hiring employees because of the strict 
    limitations tying these services to financial data and financial 
    consulting.
        A number of commenters argued that the Board should permit a 
    greater amount of incidental activity, some arguing for no limit. Two 
    commenters argued, on the other hand, that bank holding companies 
    should not be permitted to engage in any nonfinancial data processing 
    because the commenters believed that the benefits of access to the 
    Federal discount window and the payments system and the unique products 
    that banks can provide combine to give bank holding companies and banks 
    an unfair advantage in competing with nonfinancial firms to provide 
    nonfinancial products and services, including firms owned by women and 
    minorities.
        After considering the comments, the Board has adopted the revisions 
    to the data processing and management consulting provisions as 
    proposed. The Board believes that these revisions are necessary to 
    allow bank holding companies to compete effectively in providing 
    financial data processing and management consulting services.
        The strict limitations on providing non-financial data processing 
    and management consulting activities that were previously applied to 
    bank holding companies inhibit the ability of bank holding companies 
    effectively to compete with other providers who often combine financial 
    and nonfinancial products. In a number of recent cases reviewed by the 
    Board, for example, the record has indicated that it is common practice 
    for a software provider to integrate financial data processing software 
    and nonfinancial data processing software in the same package. 
    Similarly, commenters indicated that it is common for management 
    consultants to provide advice on general matters in connection with 
    providing advice on financial, accounting and similar matters. The 
    strict limitations have also reduced the ability of bank holding 
    companies to attract the most qualified employees--who often have 
    expertise, clients, proprietary rights, and interests--that span 
    financial and nonfinancial matters.
        The Board believes that its proposed limit--30 percent of the 
    revenue derived from permissible financial data processing activities, 
    and 30 percent of the revenue derived from permissible financial 
    management consulting services, respectively--represents a reasonable 
    level of incidental activity that assures that the bank holding company 
    is significantly involved in financial data processing or management 
    consulting.5 The Board does not believe that this limited 
    participation will permit bank holding companies an unfair competitive 
    advantage over other providers of data processing or management 
    consulting services. As the Board and the industry gain experience in 
    data processing and management consulting activities, the Board will 
    review and adjust the level of incidental activities as appropriate.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \5\  In the data processing area, this 30 percent basket would 
    not include revenue derived from the use of excess capacity or the 
    sale of general purpose hardware that is currently permitted in 
    accordance with the Board's regulation and policies governing those 
    activities.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    6. Expanded Exception for Acquisitions of Lending Assets in the 
    Ordinary Course of Business
        The Board proposed to revise the regulatory language permitting a 
    bank holding company, without additional approval, to acquire lending 
    assets from a third party in the ordinary course of business. The Board 
    currently permits a bank holding company, without additional approval, 
    to acquire assets of an office of another company related to making, 
    acquiring or servicing loans so long as the bank holding company and 
    the transaction meet certain qualifications. Among the qualifications 
    are that the assets relate to consumer or mortgage lending, and that 
    the acquired assets represent the lesser of $25 million or 25 percent 
    of the consumer lending, mortgage banking or industrial banking assets 
    of the acquiring bank holding company. The office must also be
    
    [[Page 9305]]
    
    located in the geographic area served by the bank holding company.
        The Board has revised this provision in three ways. First, since 
    the Board no longer limits the geographic scope of its approval to 
    engage in nonbanking activities, this restriction has been removed. 
    Second, the scope of the exception has been broadened to permit the 
    acquisition of assets related to any lending activity. Third, the 
    threshold limits have been raised to permit the acquisition of assets 
    representing up to the lesser of $100 million or 50 percent of the 
    lending assets of the bank holding company.
        Commenters generally favored the modifications proposed by the 
    Board for expanding the scope and size of transactions that could be 
    conducted in the ordinary course of business under this exception. The 
    proposed broadening of the exception would eliminate an unnecessary 
    approval requirement and paperwork for transactions that are relatively 
    small and represent the ordinary course of business.
    7. Consummation Period for Certain Proposals
        The Board had originally proposed to eliminate the requirement that 
    a bank holding company exercise its authority to engage de novo in a 
    nonbanking activity within one year of receiving System approval. While 
    several commenters expressed support for this approach, the final rule 
    does not include a specific provision adopting this change for two 
    reasons. First, since the date of the original proposal, the Regulatory 
    Relief Act eliminated altogether the prior approval requirement for 
    well-run bank holding companies that choose to engage de novo in 
    nonbanking activities permissible by regulation. This statutory change 
    eliminates a substantial portion of the cases that would have 
    benefitted by the proposal to eliminate the consummation period. 
    Second, the Board may, without any regulatory change, adjust the 
    consummation period on a case-by-case basis. The Board believes this is 
    a more appropriate approach in cases that do not qualify for the 
    statutory exception in the Regulatory Relief Act.
    
    C. Explanation of the Restrictions Removed From Permissible Nonbanking 
    Activities
    
        As noted above, the Board has removed restrictions contained in the 
    current regulation that are outmoded, have been superseded by Board 
    order or would not apply to an insured depository institution 
    conducting the same activity. The limitations that remain are necessary 
    to establish a definition of the permitted activity or to prevent 
    circumvention of another statute, such as the Glass-Steagall Act. The 
    following discussion explains, by functional group of activities, the 
    restrictions that the Board has eliminated as well as certain 
    limitations that the Board has retained. In several areas, the Board 
    expects to develop supervisory policy statements to address potential 
    adverse effects that may be associated with certain activities. The 
    Board may seek comment on those supervisory policy statements as 
    appropriate.
    1. Extending Credit and Servicing Loans
        Lending activities are already broadly defined and contain no 
    restrictions. Permissible lending activities include the types of 
    lending activities that were previously listed by way of example in 
    Regulation Y, such as lending activities conducted by consumer, 
    mortgage, commercial, factoring, and credit card companies. Removal of 
    those specific examples from the proposed rule was intended to make 
    clear that making, acquiring, brokering and servicing all types of 
    loans or extensions of credit are considered permissible lending 
    activities, and elimination of these examples from the final rule does 
    not diminish the scope of the activity or the permissibility of those 
    examples of lending activities. Nevertheless, at the request of a 
    number of commenters, factoring has been re-included as an example of a 
    permissible lending activity.
    2. Activities Related to Extending Credit
        A new category has been added authorizing activities that the Board 
    determines to be usual in connection with making, acquiring, brokering 
    or servicing loans or other extensions of credit. Without limiting the 
    scope of this activity, the category lists a number of activities that 
    the Board has previously determined are related to credit extending 
    activities, including, by way of example, credit bureau, collection 
    agency, appraisal, asset management, check guarantee, and real-estate 
    settlement activities.
        Restrictions governing disclosures to customers, tying, 
    preferential treatment of customers of affiliates, disclosure of 
    confidential customer information without customer consent and similar 
    restrictions previously contained in Regulation Y have been removed 
    from these activities. These restrictions do not apply to banks that 
    conduct these activities and, to the extent these restrictions are 
    appropriate, supervisory guidance on the conduct of the activity will 
    be developed.
        Several commenters requested that the Board eliminate all 
    restrictions governing the acquisition of debt in default, in 
    particular, the requirement that the period for disposing of shares or 
    assets securing debt in default be calculated as of the date the 
    defaulted debt is acquired. The Board believes the three restrictions 
    adopted in the regulation are necessary to define the scope of the 
    activity and to assure that the activity remains the acquisition of 
    debt rather than an impermissible acquisition of securities or other 
    assets. The requirement regarding the calculation of the period for 
    disposing of the underlying shares or assets subjects the activity to 
    the same limitations that apply under the terms of the BHC Act to the 
    acquisition of shares or assets in satisfaction of a debt-previously-
    contracted. During this period, the holding company may divest the 
    property or, as in the case of any debt that has been previously 
    contracted, restructure the debt.
    3. Leasing Personal or Real Property
        The changes to the leasing provision have been adopted as proposed. 
    Specifically, the regulation removes a number of restrictions from the 
    two types of leasing activities permissible for bank holding companies, 
    full-payout leasing and high residual value leasing,6 including 
    the following restrictions:
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \6\ A full-payout lease is the functional equivalent of an 
    extension of credit and relies primarily on rental payments and tax 
    benefits to recover the cost of the leased property and related 
    financing costs. High residual value leasing may involve significant 
    reliance on the expected residual value of the leased property--on 
    average, under 50 percent, but in some cases, up to the full 
    original cost of leased property--to recoup the cost of the leased 
    property and related financing costs. Under the current regulation, 
    bank holding companies may provide full-payout leases for any type 
    of personal property or real property, and may make high residual 
    value leases only for personal property.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        * The lease must serve as the functional equivalent of an extension 
    of credit (permissible high residual value leasing may not be the 
    functional equivalent of an extension of credit);
        * The property must be acquired only for a specific leasing 
    transaction;
        * Leased property must be re-leased or sold within 2 years of the 
    end of each lease;
        * The maximum lease term may not exceed 40 years; and
        * No leased property may be held for more than 50 years.
        Commenters favored removal of these restrictions and noted that 
    removal of these restrictions from the regulation would permit bank 
    holding companies
    
    [[Page 9306]]
    
    greater flexibility to acquire property in quantity in the expectation 
    of leasing activities and would allow more flexibility in selling or 
    re-leasing property at the expiration of a lease. It is expected that 
    supervisory guidance would be developed to address potential issues 
    arising from removal of the restrictions.
        The provision limiting to 100 percent of the initial acquisition 
    cost the amount of reliance that may be placed on the residual value of 
    leased personal property has also been removed. This limit does not 
    apply to national bank leasing activities. While commenters favored 
    removal of the requirement that the estimated residual value of real 
    property be limited to 25 percent of the value of the property at the 
    time of the initial lease, this restriction was retained in order to 
    distinguish real property leasing from real estate development and 
    investment activities.
        Two other requirements were retained: (1) That the lease be non-
    operating, and (2) that the initial lease term be at least 90 days. 
    These requirements were developed in the course of litigation regarding 
    the leasing activities of national banks, and were relied on by the 
    courts in distinguishing bank leasing activities from general property 
    rental and real estate development businesses. The requirement that a 
    lease be non-operating is also a statutory requirement limiting the 
    high residual value leasing activities of national banks.
        The regulation has been modified at the request of commenters to 
    clarify that, as a general matter, the requirement that a lease be non-
    operating means that the bank holding company may not itself (or 
    through a subsidiary) repair, operate, maintain or service the 
    equipment or property being leased during the lease term. The Board has 
    applied this interpretation since 1974 in order to help distinguish 
    bank holding company leasing activities from general commercial 
    activities. A more detailed definition of a nonoperating lease in the 
    automobile rental context, which was developed in litigation and 
    adopted by the courts, has also been retained. The regulation provides 
    that, in either case, a bank holding company is permitted to arrange 
    for a third party to provide these repair and other services in 
    connection with a lease.
    4. Operating Nonbank Depository Institutions
        This category permits ownership of a savings association and an 
    industrial loan company. The proposed regulation retains the 
    restrictions in the BHC Act that the institution not be operated as a 
    ``bank'' for purposes of the BHC Act 7 and that the activities of 
    the institution conform to the relevant statutory provisions of the BHC 
    Act. As noted above, by the terms of the Regulatory Relief Act, the 
    operation of a savings association requires prior System approval.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \7\ The BHC Act contains an exception from the definition of 
    ``bank'' for industrial loan companies and savings associations that 
    meet requirements listed in the BHC Act.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    5. Trust Company Functions
        The current regulation limits the deposit-taking and lending 
    activities of trust companies. These limitations are already 
    encompassed in the requirement in the BHC Act that the trust company 
    not be a ``bank'' for purposes of the BHC Act and have, therefore, been 
    deleted from the regulation.
    6. Financial and Investment Advisory Activities
        Like the initial proposal, the final rule groups together all 
    investment and financial advisory activities and broadly permits acting 
    as investment or financial adviser to any person, without restriction. 
    Without limiting the breadth of the advisory authority, the rule also 
    lists specific examples of certain types of investment or financial 
    advice, counseling and related services that previously had been 
    separately authorized. These examples are:
        * Advising an investment company and sponsoring, organizing and 
    managing a closed-end investment company;
        * Furnishing general economic information and forecasts;
        * Providing financial advice regarding mergers and similar 
    corporate transactions;
        * Providing advice regarding commodities and derivatives 
    transactions; and
        * Providing consumer educational courses and providing tax-planning 
    and tax-preparation.
        The final rule removes the few restrictions that have in the past 
    been imposed by the Board on financial and investment advisory 
    activities. These restrictions do not apply to banks that provide 
    investment advisory services.
        Specifically, the final rule removes the restriction that 
    discretionary investment advice be provided only to institutional 
    customers, thereby allowing bank holding companies to manage retail 
    customer accounts outside of the trust department of an affiliated bank 
    (to the extent otherwise permitted by law). This activity would 
    continue to be governed by the fiduciary principles in relevant state 
    law. Moreover, the final rule permits bank holding companies to provide 
    retail customers with investment advice concerning derivatives 
    transactions and to provide discretionary investment advice regarding 
    derivatives transactions to institutional or retail customers as an 
    investment adviser, commodity trading advisor, or otherwise. This 
    includes providing discretionary investment advice to any person 
    regarding contracts relating to financial or nonfinancial assets. The 
    conduct of these activities would, of course, be subject to the 
    requirements of applicable law, including applicable state and federal 
    laws governing fiduciary activities or advisory activities.
        The final rule permits bank holding companies to engage in any 
    combination of permissible nonbanking activities listed in Regulation 
    Y. Accordingly, bank holding companies may provide financial and 
    investment advice (including discretionary investment advice) together 
    with permissible agency transactional services, investment or trading 
    transactions as principal, or any other listed activities. Supervisory 
    guidance may be developed, as needed, to address conflicts of interest 
    that may arise from providing certain services in combination.
        The final rule also deletes restrictions in the areas of tax-
    planning, tax-preparation and consumer counseling services that 
    prohibited bank holding companies from promoting specific products and 
    services and from obtaining or disclosing confidential customer 
    information without the customer's consent. These restrictions do not 
    apply to banks that engage in these activities.
        The commenters addressing this activity strongly supported the 
    consolidation of the various advisory activities, the expansion of 
    permissible advisory activities, and the removal of existing 
    restrictions imposed by the Board on these activities. These commenters 
    argued that the provision of all types of financial and investment 
    advice is within the expertise of banking organizations and, therefore, 
    closely related to banking.
        Several commenters requested further guidance on the scope of 
    permissible advisory activities and urged the inclusion of examples of 
    additional specific types of advisory activities, such as advisory 
    activities related to real estate, in order to clarify the 
    permissibility of these activities. Other commenters requested 
    clarification that the use of examples did not imply that advisory 
    activities that are omitted from the list of examples are not 
    permissible.
    
    [[Page 9307]]
    
    As noted above and in the original proposal, the final rule includes 
    any investment or financial advisory activity without restriction. The 
    examples included in the final rule are not intended in any way to 
    limit the scope of the financial and investment advisory activity. The 
    examples are illustrative rather than exclusive examples of permissible 
    advisory activities, and have been retained to recognize that certain 
    advisory activities have been specifically approved under other 
    provisions of Regulation Y and continue to be permissible.
        Some commenters suggested revisions to the proposal's description 
    of certain examples. In response to these comments, the final rule 
    clarifies that the provision regarding advice on mergers, acquisitions 
    and other transactions includes ``other similar transactions.'' At the 
    suggestion of several commenters, the final rule has been revised to 
    clarify the permissibility of providing investment advice regarding 
    transactions with respect to any transactions in foreign exchange, 
    swaps and similar transactions, commodities, and forwards contracts, 
    futures, options, options on futures, and similar instruments.
        Several commenters noted that there currently is uncertainty 
    regarding the jurisdiction of the CFTC over some transactions involving 
    foreign exchange. The final rule is not affected by the scope of CFTC 
    jurisdiction. The Board intends that references to transactions ``in 
    foreign exchange'' throughout the regulation include transactions in 
    foreign exchange, options on foreign exchange, futures on foreign 
    exchange, options on futures on foreign exchange, swaps in foreign 
    exchange, and similar foreign exchange-related instruments. A bank 
    holding company must, of course, comply with the rules of any other 
    federal or state agency to the extent that the bank holding company 
    conducts an activity subject to that agency's jurisdiction, as 
    determined by the relevant statute, agency rule or court decision.
    7. Agency Transactional Services for Customer Investments
        The final rule reorganizes into a single functional category the 
    various transactional services that a bank holding company may provide 
    as agent. This category includes securities brokerage activities, 
    private placement activities, riskless principal activities, execution 
    and clearance of derivatives contracts, foreign exchange execution 
    services, and other transactional services.
    a. Securities Brokerage Activities
        The current regulation differentiates between securities brokerage 
    services provided alone (i.e., discount brokerage services) and 
    securities brokerage services provided in combination with investment 
    advisory services (i.e., full-service brokerage activities). The final 
    rule permits securities brokerage without distinguishing between 
    discount and full-service brokerage activities.
        Under the current regulation, bank holding companies providing 
    full-service brokerage services must make certain disclosures to 
    customers regarding the uninsured nature of securities and may not 
    disclose confidential customer information without the customer's 
    consent. These requirements were deleted in the proposal.
        The Board sought comment on whether elimination of these 
    restrictions from the regulation would lead to adverse effects, 
    including customer confusion about the uninsured nature of non-deposit 
    investment products sold through bank holding companies. Several 
    commenters opposed the elimination of the disclosure requirements in 
    the regulation, contending that the interagency policy statement and 
    SEC regulations are not providing adequate consumer protection. A 
    number of commenters, however, supported the elimination of the 
    disclosure requirements in the regulation on the basis that these 
    requirements were duplicative of requirements contained in the 
    interagency policy statement and SEC regulations.
        The final rule deletes the disclosure requirements. The disclosure 
    requirements--along with a number of other requirements that 
    specifically address the potential for customer confusion, training 
    requirements, suitability requirements and other matters--are already 
    contained in an interagency policy statement that governs the sale of 
    securities and other non-deposit investment products on bank premises 
    as well as in rules adopted by the SEC. In addition, similar disclosure 
    requirements are required by the Board's policy statement governing the 
    sale by bank holding companies of shares of mutual funds and other 
    investment companies that the bank holding company advises.
        Recent supervisory experience indicates that banking organizations 
    and their affiliates, in general, are becoming more effective in 
    implementing the regulatory disclosure requirements and that customers 
    are becoming increasingly aware that investment products purchased at 
    banking organizations and their affiliates are not federally insured. 
    Moreover, the Board and the SEC have adequate supervisory authority to 
    ensure that bank holding companies comply with the regulatory 
    disclosure requirements. To the extent that disclosures to customers 
    are appropriate in areas not covered by the regulatory policy 
    statements or SEC regulations, the Board will consider whether to 
    develop supervisory guidance, on an interagency basis where 
    appropriate.
    b. Riskless Principal Activities
        The Board recently reduced the restrictions that govern riskless 
    principal activities.8 The restrictions that were retained were 
    designed to ensure that bank holding companies do not avoid the Glass-
    Steagall Act provisions by classifying underwriting and dealing 
    activities as riskless principal activities. The restrictions that the 
    proposal retained prohibit:
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \8\ The Bank of New York Company, Inc., 82 Federal Reserve 
    Bulletin 748 (1996).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        * Selling bank-ineligible securities at the order of a customer who 
    is the issuer or in a transaction in which the bank holding company has 
    an agreement to place the securities of the issuer;
        * Acting as riskless principal in any transaction involving a bank-
    ineligible security for which the bank holding company or an affiliate 
    makes a market;
        * Acting as riskless principal for any bank-ineligible security 
    carried in the inventory of the bank holding company or any affiliate; 
    and
        * Acting as riskless principal on behalf of any U.S. affiliate that 
    engages in bank-ineligible securities underwriting or dealing 
    activities or any foreign affiliate that engages in securities 
    underwriting or dealing activities outside the U.S.
        The Board requested comment on whether these restrictions, and in 
    particular the second and third restrictions, are necessary to assure 
    compliance with the Glass-Steagall Act. The majority of commenters 
    discussing the riskless principal activity argued for the deletion of 
    all four restrictions, contending that none of the restrictions are 
    necessary to ensure that a nonbanking subsidiary does not engage in 
    underwriting or dealing through its riskless principal transactions and 
    that any concern in this regard would be addressed by a requirement 
    that the subsidiary not hold itself out as a dealer with respect to any 
    security. Several commenters noted that the restrictions would prohibit 
    riskless principal
    
    [[Page 9308]]
    
    transactions on behalf of a section 20 affiliate even if this affiliate 
    was not the underwriter or dealer for the security in question. These 
    commenters maintained that this would put bank holding companies with 
    section 20 affiliates at a competitive disadvantage.
        Several commenters also suggested that the Board permit riskless 
    principal transactions in the primary market generally. Some of these 
    commenters specifically urged the Board to allow bank holding companies 
    to act as riskless principal for the sale of commercial paper in the 
    primary market because commercial paper tends to have short maturities.
        The final rule retains the requirement that riskless principal 
    transactions be conducted in the secondary market. The Board has 
    determined, however, to eliminate all but two restrictions in the final 
    rule. The final rule retains the first proposed restriction, which 
    prohibits a bank holding company from using its riskless principal 
    authority to sell bank-ineligible securities at the order of a customer 
    who is the issuer or in a transaction in which the bank holding company 
    has an agreement to place the securities of the issuer. This 
    restriction, as well as the requirement that the transactions be 
    conducted in the secondary market, is designed to distinguish riskless 
    principal activities from private placement and underwriting or dealing 
    activities. This classification of riskless principal transactions does 
    not prevent bank holding companies from engaging pursuant to other 
    authority in permissible private placement activities or in 
    underwriting and dealing activities, both of which permit transactions 
    in the primary market and with an issuer.
        The Board has also determined to revise the second restriction to 
    focus on transactions involving a bank-ineligible security for which 
    the bank holding company or any affiliate acts as underwriter (during 
    the underwriting period and for 30 days thereafter) or dealer. This 
    revision narrows the scope of the restriction while addressing the 
    Board's concern that a nonbanking subsidiary not use its riskless 
    principal authority to engage in underwriting or dealing activities. As 
    modified, this provision also addresses the concerns covered by the 
    third and fourth restrictions. Consequently, the final rule deletes the 
    last two restrictions in the proposal.
    c. Private Placement Activities
        The Board proposed to add private placement activities to the 
    laundry list, using the definition of private placement activities 
    adopted by the SEC and the federal securities laws. The proposal 
    removed all but one restriction that had been imposed by Board order on 
    the conduct of this activity. That restriction prohibits a bank holding 
    company from purchasing for its own account securities that it is 
    placing and from holding in inventory unsold portions of securities it 
    is attempting to place.
        Among the restrictions that the proposal removes from the conduct 
    of private placement activities are prohibitions on:
        * Extending credit that enhances the marketability of a security 
    being placed;
        * Lending to an issuer for the purposes of covering the funding 
    lost through the unsold portion of securities being placed;
        * Lending to the issuer for the purpose of repurchasing securities 
    being placed;
        * Acquiring securities through an account for which the bank 
    holding company has fiduciary authority;
        * Providing advice to any purchaser regarding a security the bank 
    holding company is placing; and
        * Placing securities with any non-institutional investors (the SEC 
    rules allow sales to institutional investors and up to 35 non-
    institutional investors).
        None of these restrictions have been applied to national banks that 
    conduct private placement activities.
        The Board sought comment on whether any of these restrictions must 
    be retained to address potential adverse effects, including potential 
    conflicts of interest or customer confusion, or to assure fulfillment 
    of fiduciary duties. The commenters discussing private placement 
    activities strongly supported the removal of these restrictions from 
    private placement activities.
        Several comments urged the Board, however, not to adopt the 
    definition of private placement in the federal securities statutes, 
    contending that such definition is too restrictive. The final rule, as 
    the proposal, defines private placement in accordance with the 
    Securities Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the rules of the SEC. For 
    purposes of including private placement activities on the laundry list, 
    the Board believes it is reasonable to look to the definition of 
    private placement adopted by the SEC, the primary federal regulator of 
    securities activities, and the distinctions the SEC has drawn between 
    private placement and underwriting or dealing activities. This 
    definition does not limit bank holding companies from seeking to engage 
    in other securities activities pursuant to Board order.
        One commenter also requested that the definition of private 
    placement be broadened to include private resales of securities to 
    institutional buyers and private placements of securities of registered 
    investment companies. The final rule would permit private resales of 
    privately placed securities if the transaction is conducted in 
    accordance with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules of the 
    SEC, the bank holding company acts only as agent for such private 
    resales by third parties, and the bank holding company neither 
    purchases for its own account securities that it is placing nor holds 
    in inventory unsold portions of securities it is attempting to place. 
    This would not include acting as a dealer with respect to resales of 
    privately placed securities, an activity that bank holding companies 
    may seek to engage in pursuant to Board order. Similarly, the final 
    rule would permit bank holding companies to act as agent for the 
    private placement of securities issued by any company, including an 
    investment company, to the extent that these private placements are 
    conducted in accordance with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 
    SEC rules and the Board's restrictions on purchasing or inventorying 
    such securities.
        Some commenters also recommended that the Board remove the 
    prohibition on a bank holding company purchasing or repurchasing the 
    securities it places. Several of these commenters contended that such 
    purchases should be permissible if the company made the decision to 
    purchase the securities for its own account simultaneously with or 
    after, and separate from, the decision to engage in the private 
    placement. One commenter maintained that a company engaged in private 
    placement activities should be permitted to invest in the securities 
    being placed so long as it had a bona fide expectation of and made a 
    bona fide effort in placing the securities. The final rule retains the 
    proposal's restriction on purchasing or repurchasing the securities 
    that are privately placed. The Board believes this restriction is 
    appropriate to prevent a bank holding company from classifying as 
    private placement activities its securities underwriting activities, 
    which are governed by the Glass-Steagall Act and the Board's section 20 
    decisions.
        The final rule does not contain a limitation on the amount of a 
    particular issue of securities that a company may place with an 
    affiliate. As the Board noted when it first authorized a bank holding 
    company to place securities with an affiliate, banks privately place 
    securities with affiliates and no
    
    [[Page 9309]]
    
    particular supervisory problem appears to have arisen from these 
    investments.9 The Board continues to recognize the increased 
    potential for certain conflicts of interests if affiliates purchase a 
    substantial portion of an issue of securities placed by an affiliate. 
    In this regard, insured depository institutions that purchase 
    securities privately placed by an affiliate must comply with section 
    23B of the Federal Reserve Act as well as the limitations in the Glass 
    Steagall-Act relating to the purchase of investment securities. The 
    Board expects that nonbank affiliates that purchase these securities 
    will do so in accordance with appropriate internal policies and 
    procedures.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \9\ J.P. Morgan & Company Inc., 76 Federal Reserve Bulletin 26, 
    28 (1990)
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    d. Futures Commission Merchant Activities
    i. In General
        The current regulation authorizes bank holding companies to execute 
    and clear derivatives on certain financial instruments on major 
    exchanges, subject to a number of restrictions. The Board has, by 
    order, broadened this authority in two key respects. First, the Board 
    has by order permitted bank holding companies to execute and clear 
    derivative contracts on a broad range of nonfinancial commodities. 
    Second, the Board has permitted bank holding companies to clear 
    derivative contracts without simultaneously providing execution 
    services, and to provide execution services without also providing 
    clearing services. Commenters strongly favored modification of the 
    current regulation to reflect these Board orders.
        As noted above, the final rule removes the restriction in the 
    current regulation prohibiting a bank holding company from providing 
    foreign exchange transactional services in the same subsidiary that 
    provides advice regarding foreign exchange. Banks are not subject to 
    this restriction. The final rule also would permit a bank holding 
    company to perform permissible futures commission merchant (``FCM'') 
    activities through a section 20 subsidiary.
        The final rule permits a nonbanking subsidiary to act as an FCM 
    regarding any exchange-traded futures contract and options on a futures 
    contract based on a financial or nonfinancial commodity. The final rule 
    also deletes the restriction that a bank holding company not act as an 
    FCM on any exchange unless the rules of the exchange have been reviewed 
    by the Board. All U.S. commodities exchanges are supervised by the CFTC 
    and a review by the Federal Reserve System of the rules of an exchange, 
    whether domestic or foreign, would not be the most effective method for 
    addressing the safety of conducting FCM activities on the exchange. A 
    more effective method for addressing the risks of FCM activities--
    whether on domestic or foreign exchanges--is through the on-site 
    inspection and supervision of the risk management systems of the bank 
    holding company. Accordingly, the Board would use the supervisory 
    process, which includes regular inspections of the holding company and 
    its affiliates, to address concerns about the effectiveness of the 
    holding company's risk management systems.
        The final rule removes several other requirements, including that 
    the FCM subsidiary:
        * Time stamp all orders and execute them in chronological order;
        * Not trade for its own account;
        * Not extend margin credit to customers; and
        * Maintain adequate capital.
        The CFTC has not found it necessary to prohibit FCMs from trading 
    for their own account, and removal of that restriction from the Board's 
    regulation allows an FCM affiliated with a bank holding company to 
    compete on the same basis as an FCM not affiliated with a holding 
    company. Experience has not indicated that the affiliation of an FCM 
    with a bank holding company itself increases the risks or conflicts 
    that could arise from the combination of FCM and proprietary trading 
    activities. Conduct in the other areas listed above is addressed in 
    rules of the CFTC or the relevant self-regulatory organizations, which 
    are applicable to any FCM.
        Like the initial proposal, the final rule retains the requirements 
    of the current regulation that a bank holding company conduct its FCM 
    activities through a separately incorporated subsidiary (i.e., not 
    through the parent bank holding company). The proposal retained the 
    requirement of the current regulation that the subsidiary not become a 
    member of an exchange that requires the parent bank holding company 
    also to become a member of the exchange. The purpose of this 
    restriction was to limit the bank holding company's exposure to 
    contingent obligations under the loss sharing rules of exchange 
    clearinghouses in order to preserve the holding company's ability to 
    serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary insured depository 
    institutions. The Board invited comment, however, on whether this 
    restriction was appropriate and on whether the Board's concern could be 
    addressed more effectively by an alternative restriction, such as a 
    requirement that the parent bank holding company not provide a 
    guarantee of non-proprietary trades conducted by an FCM subsidiary.
        Most commenters that discussed FCM activities supported the 
    alternative restriction as sufficient to address a bank holding 
    company's potential exposure to contingent obligations under loss 
    sharing rules of clearinghouses and to establish clear parameters for a 
    bank holding company's involvement on an exchange or clearing 
    association. Four commenters suggested that bank holding companies be 
    given the option of choosing which restriction is more suitable to 
    business conducted on a particular exchange. If a choice must be made 
    between a prohibition against membership or against a guarantee of non-
    proprietary trades, these commenters generally preferred the latter, 
    noting that holding company membership is a prerequisite on a number of 
    exchanges for receiving reductions in fees or other benefits.
        Based on its experience and a review of the comments, the Board has 
    determined that an alternative restriction that prohibits the parent 
    bank holding company from guaranteeing or otherwise becoming liable for 
    non-proprietary trades conducted by or through its FCM subsidiary more 
    effectively addresses the Board's concern about a parent bank holding 
    company's exposure to an exchange's or clearinghouse's loss sharing 
    rules than the current provision limiting the holding company's 
    membership on an exchange. This alternative restriction effectively 
    protects the parent bank holding company from potential exposure from 
    customer trades and open-ended contingent liability under loss sharing 
    rules while recognizing that most exchanges require a parent to 
    guarantee proprietary trades. Accordingly, the final rule revises the 
    regulation to prohibit the parent bank holding company from 
    guaranteeing or otherwise becoming liable to an exchange or 
    clearinghouse for trades other than those conducted by the subsidiary 
    for its own account or for the account of an affiliate. The final rule 
    eliminates the existing prohibition on an FCM subsidiary becoming a 
    member of an exchange that requires the parent bank holding company 
    also to become a member.
        Other commenters requested confirmation that an FCM subsidiary may, 
    as an incidental activity, provide various futures-related financing to 
    customers, such as financing to cover margin obligations. Lending is a
    
    [[Page 9310]]
    
    permissible activity for bank holding companies, and the final rule 
    would not prohibit permissible lending activities in combination with 
    FCM activities. This permits an FCM owned by a bank holding company to 
    compete on the same terms with an FCM that is not affiliated with a 
    bank holding company. The Board notes, however, that some exchanges 
    prohibit FCMs from providing margin financing, and CFTC rules require 
    full capitalization for any extensions of credit to customers. An FCM 
    controlled by a bank holding company must continue to abide by the 
    rules of the CFTC and any exchange on which the FCM is a member or 
    trades.
        Several commenters requested clarification that the authority for 
    an FCM subsidiary to become a member of an exchange included authority 
    to open an office in the country were the exchange is located. In 
    addition, several commenters requested clarification that the expanded 
    FCM activities permitted under Regulation Y also would be permitted 
    under the Board's Regulation K.
        Regulation Y currently provides, and the final rule continues to 
    provide, that a nonbanking company permitted under section 4(c)(8) of 
    the BHC Act to engage in a nonbanking activity may open offices outside 
    the United States to conduct that same activity unless the bank holding 
    company has not received approval to conduct the activity outside the 
    United States. A bank holding company that currently has authority to 
    engage in FCM activities on a geographically limited basis may, if it 
    qualifies for the streamlined procedures, conduct these activities de 
    novo outside the U.S. through direct offices of its 4(c)(8) affiliate 
    without further approval. The scope of FCM and other activities that 
    fall under Regulation K will be considered by the Board in connection 
    with its review of Regulation K.
    ii. Clearing-Only Activities
        The Board has by order permitted bank holding companies to clear 
    trades that the FCM has not executed itself, and the final rule 
    incorporates this activity in the laundry list. The proposal retained 
    two restrictions currently imposed by Board order. These restrictions: 
    (1) Prohibit the clearing subsidiary from serving as the primary or 
    qualifying clearing firm for a customer; and (2) require the clearing 
    subsidiary to have a contractual right to decline to clear any trade 
    that the subsidiary believes poses unacceptable risks (a so-called 
    ``give-up'' agreement).
        The Board adopted these restrictions to ensure that the clearing 
    subsidiary of a bank holding company could limit its exposure to 
    traders that execute trades themselves or through third parties. In 
    particular, these restrictions prevent a bank holding company from 
    clearing trades executed by exchange locals or market makers. In 1991, 
    the Board rejected a proposal by a bank holding company to engage in 
    clearing trades for exchange locals and market makers because of 
    concerns about the inability of the bank holding company to monitor and 
    control its credit exposures during the trading day. The Board found 
    that the activity was closely related to banking, but believed that the 
    potential adverse effects of conducting the activity outweighed the 
    potential public benefits.10
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \10\ Stichting Prioriteit ABN AMRO Holding, 77 Federal Reserve 
    Bulletin 189 (1991).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Board sought comment on whether these two restrictions on the 
    conduct of clearing-only activities by bank holding companies should be 
    retained. The Board also invited comment on whether and how bank 
    holding companies are able to monitor and limit adequately the 
    potential exposure from conducting these activities.
        Commenters who discussed FCM activities strongly supported the 
    removal of these two restrictions on clearing-only activities in favor 
    of the Board relying on on-site examination and supervision of a 
    clearing subsidiary's risk management systems for monitoring and 
    managing its credit exposures. Commenters maintained that the Board's 
    restrictions are not necessary in light of the risk management tools 
    currently available to clearing firms. They contended that clearing 
    firms can effectively monitor and limit their potential credit 
    exposures through various risk management procedures, including: 
    establishment of trading limits for each customer; adjustment of such 
    limits based on market conditions and ongoing credit evaluations; 
    monitoring of customer market risk, trading exposure and compliance 
    with trading limits; assessment and collection of initial and 
    maintenance performance bond or margin; and payment of gains and 
    collection of losses associated with open positions through a mark-to-
    market process on both an intra-day and end-of-day basis.
        Commenters explained that all exchanges provide clearing members 
    with complete information regarding trades cleared through that 
    member's account at the end of the trading day, which thereby limits a 
    clearing FCM's exposure to a client to the trading transactions on that 
    day. Commenters noted that technological improvements have enabled a 
    growing number of exchanges to develop systems that collect and report 
    intra-day trade matching information. Commenters also noted that, in 
    many markets, a clearing firm can, pursuant to exchange rules or 
    contractual arrangements, advise an executing broker that it will not 
    accept further trades of that customer. In agreements with customers, 
    clearing brokers also typically reserve the right to liquidate a 
    customer's position if the required margin is not posted promptly. 
    Commenters added that potential exposure is further mitigated by 
    various exchange rules relating to position limits, and large trading 
    position reporting. In addition, commenters contended that oversight by 
    the CFTC or the SEC, which includes capital, reporting, performance 
    bond and margin, and recordkeeping requirements, assists in monitoring 
    the management of risks associated with acting as a primary clearing 
    firm, including clearing trades executed by exchange locals and market 
    makers.
        In light of these comments, the final rule deletes the proposal's 
    restrictions relating to primary clearing or qualifying firm activities 
    and customer ``give-up'' agreements.11 Examiners will assess and 
    supervise FCM policies, procedures and practices relating to clearing-
    only activities, taking into consideration the nature of the FCM's 
    clients, the particular exchanges through with the subsidiary provides 
    clearing services, and the related risks involved. It is expected that 
    the Board would develop supervisory guidance on management of risks 
    involved in clearing-only activities.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \11\ A commenter requested that the Board clarify in the 
    regulation that the securities brokerage activity permitted in 
    Regulation Y encompasses clearing apart from executing trades in 
    securities. Both the current and final rule permit securities 
    brokerage activities broadly, including executing-without-clearing 
    and clearing-without-executing trades in securities. The final rule 
    specifies this.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    e. Other Transactional Services
        The proposal added a provision allowing a bank holding company to 
    provide transactional services for customers involving any derivative 
    or foreign exchange transaction that a bank holding company is 
    permitted to conduct for its own account. Commenters supported the 
    inclusion of these activities on the regulatory laundry list. Inclusion 
    of this activity is not intended to limit the securities brokerage, 
    FCM, private placement or riskless principal activities permitted under 
    the final rule.
    
    [[Page 9311]]
    
        Several commenters suggested that the scope of this provision be 
    expanded to include acting as a broker with respect to forward 
    contracts based on financial and nonfinancial commodities, regardless 
    of whether the bank holding company could invest in or trade such 
    instrument as principal. The commenters contended that providing 
    brokerage services, as agent, to customers with respect to forward 
    contracts on either financial or nonfinancial commodities should not be 
    dependent on whether the bank holding company may take a principal 
    position in the contract. In view of these comments, the final rule 
    clarifies that a bank holding company may act as a broker with respect 
    to forward contracts based on a financial or nonfinancial commodity 
    that also serves as the basis for an exchange-traded futures contract. 
    This permits a bank holding company to act as agent in a forward 
    contract that involves the same commodities and assessment of risk that 
    underlay the permissible FCM activities of bank holding companies 
    without extending this authority to forward contracts for the delayed 
    sale of commercial products (such as automobiles, consumer products, 
    etc.) or real estate.
        Several commenters requested that acting as a commodity pool 
    operator (``CPO''), including acting as the general partner of a 
    partnership that invests in commodities as well as futures and options 
    on financial and nonfinancial commodities, be added to the list of 
    permissible activities. The commenters noted that the Board recently 
    permitted by order a bank holding company to act as a CPO, subject to a 
    number of limitations.12 Although some proposals to act as a CPO 
    may involve a combination of permissible activities, certain proposals 
    raise supervisory issues and open-end pool structures may raise Glass-
    Steagall Act issues. In addition, some proposals raise questions about 
    the proper treatment of the CPO's interest in the commodity pool for 
    capital adequacy purposes.13 These issues can be evaluated more 
    effectively on a case-by-case basis through the application review 
    process. Accordingly, the Board has determined not to add acting as a 
    CPO as a separate activity on the laundry list at this time.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \12\ See The Bessemer Group, Incorporated, 82 Federal Reserve 
    Bulletin 569 (1996).
        \13\ For example, the limitations in the case cited above 
    included a requirement to consolidate, for regulatory capital 
    purposes, the assets and liabilities of subsidiary partnerships for 
    which a wholly owned subsidiary of the bank holding company would 
    serve as a general partner. The subsidiary partnerships were to 
    employ leverage (including margin debt and short sales) in making 
    investments.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    8. Investment or Trading Transactions as Principal
        The final rule, as the proposal, incorporates decisions by the 
    Board that permit bank holding companies broadly to invest as principal 
    in derivatives on financial and nonfinancial commodities. The proposal 
    would allow a bank holding company to invest or trade as principal in a 
    derivative contract on a financial or nonfinancial commodity or index 
    of commodities, so long as any one of three conditions is met:
        * The underlying asset is a permissible investment for state member 
    banks;
        * The derivative contract requires cash settlement; or
        * The derivative contract allows for assignment, termination or 
    offset prior to expiration and the bank holding company makes every 
    reasonable effort to avoid delivery.
        Some commenters were concerned that the proposal as worded would 
    not include trading as principal in derivatives based on or linked to 
    bank ineligible securities, such as certain equity index swaps or 
    equity index futures contracts, an activity that the Board has approved 
    by order. The final rule clarifies that a bank holding company may 
    trade as principal a derivatives contract on an index of rates, prices 
    or the value of any financial or nonfinancial asset or group of assets, 
    so long as the contract requires cash settlement. This does not include 
    acting as a dealer in options based on indexes of bank-ineligible 
    securities when the options are traded on securities exchanges. These 
    options are securities for purposes of federal securities laws and are 
    bank-ineligible securities for purposes of the Glass-Steagall 
    Act.14 Similarly, activities authorized by this rule do not 
    include acting as a dealer in any other instruments that are bank-
    ineligible securities for purposes of section 20. Thus, dealing in 
    securities, including acting as a market-maker, specialist or 
    registered options trader on an exchange, would be governed by the 
    Board's orders regarding bank-ineligible securities underwriting and 
    dealing activities. Under the final rule, the three alternative 
    conditions would not apply to derivative contracts based on an index, 
    but would apply to all other derivative contracts.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \14\ See Swiss Bank Corporation, 82 Federal Reserve Bulletin 685 
    n. 8 (1996).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Several commenters suggested that an additional alternative be 
    added that permits trading as principal in a derivative contract that 
    involves an asset that is a permissible investment for a national bank 
    or for a bank holding company. The final rule adopts a provision that 
    would include any other instruments approved by the Board.
        In addition, some commenters requested clarification that the 
    alternative conditions apply only to a bank holding company's trading 
    activities and not to investments for the company's own account. Other 
    commenters maintained that trading for a bank holding company's own 
    account should not be viewed as a nonbanking activity subject to 
    section 4(c)(8) but as a servicing activity under section 4(c)(1)(C) of 
    the BHC Act.
        Bank holding companies have increasingly proposed to acquire 
    companies engaged in, or to engage through an existing subsidiary in, 
    derivatives trading and investment activities that would be beyond the 
    scope of investment or trading activities encompassed within the bank 
    servicing exemption.15 The addition of proprietary trading 
    activities to the regulation clarifies the permissibility of this 
    activity as a separate business activity.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \15\ E.g., Swiss Bank Corporation, 81 Federal Reserve Bulletin 
    185 (1995).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The final rule, as the proposal, also includes authority that the 
    Board has previously granted by order permitting bank holding companies 
    to buy, sell and store gold, silver, platinum and palladium bullion, 
    coins, bars and rounds. To enable the regulation to remain current with 
    relevant regulatory pronouncements regarding the permissible activities 
    of banks, several commenters suggested that the proposed list of metals 
    be expanded to include copper (recently permitted for national banks) 
    and any other permissible investments for national banks or bank 
    holding companies. In view of these comments, the final rule adds 
    copper and includes any other metal approved by the Board.
        Some commenters requested that the Board add to the regulatory 
    laundry list underwriting and dealing to a limited extent in certain 
    municipal revenue bonds, one-to-four family mortgage-related 
    securities, consumer receivable securities, and commercial paper 
    because the Board, by order, has permitted these activities. Several 
    commenters also urged the Board to add accepting delivery of 
    commodities to the list of activities because national banks may take 
    delivery of physical commodities by warehouse receipt or ``pass-through 
    delivery'' to another party when hedging financial exposures
    
    [[Page 9312]]
    
    arising from otherwise permissible activities. The final rule does not 
    expand the laundry list to include these activities because these 
    activities raise issues involving risk management policies and 
    procedures that are more appropriately addressed through the 
    application review process.
        In this regard, the Board believes that, at this time, all 
    proposals to engage de novo or to make an initial acquisition of a 
    company engaged in corporate debt and/or equity securities underwriting 
    and dealing activities should be reviewed under the normal procedures, 
    and not under the streamlined procedures. This will allow the System to 
    conduct a review of the risk-management systems of the bank holding 
    company in connection with the initial entry of a bank holding company 
    into this activity. Bank holding companies that have already received 
    Board approval to engage in these broad securities activities may 
    acquire companies engaged in these activities if the bank holding 
    company and the proposed acquisition qualify for the streamlined 
    procedure, unless the System notifies the company that the normal 
    procedure should be used.
    9. Management Consulting and Counseling Activities
        The current regulation authorizes bank holding companies to provide 
    management consulting services on any matter to any depository 
    institution or affiliate of a depository institution. The rule has been 
    expanded in two respects. First, bank holding companies may provide 
    management consulting services regarding financial, economic, 
    accounting, or audit matters to any company. These are financial 
    activities that are directly related to the activities and expertise of 
    bank holding companies. Commenters discussing this issue agreed that 
    this activity is closely related to banking for purposes of section 
    4(c)(8) of the BHC Act.
        Second, for the reasons explained above, the final rule permits a 
    bank holding company to derive up to 30 percent of its management 
    consulting revenue from management consulting services provided to any 
    customer on any matter. As noted above, commenters discussing this 
    activity strongly supported this provision as necessary to permit bank 
    holding companies to attract and retain the most qualified personnel, 
    and to compete effectively against unregulated companies that offer a 
    broad array of management consulting services to customers of bank 
    holding companies. For the reasons explained above, the Board has 
    determined not to raise the 30 percent limit on this basket of 
    permitted incidental activities at this time, and will monitor the 
    scope and nature of these activities.
        Two restrictions have been retained governing interlocks with and 
    investments in client companies. While several commenters argued for 
    removal of these restrictions, the Board continues to believe that 
    these limits are necessary in the context of management consulting 
    arrangements in order to ensure that a bank holding company does not 
    exercise control over a client company through a management consulting 
    contract and to prevent conflicts of interest. These restrictions do 
    not limit the ability of a bank holding company to provide management 
    consulting services to an affiliate, which is a servicing activity 
    permitted under section 4(c)(1)(C) of the BHC Act.
    10. Support Services
        This category includes courier services (other than armored car 
    services) and printing checks and related documents. Both services are 
    included in the laundry list as they were authorized by the Board, 
    without change.
    11. Insurance Agency and Underwriting Activities
        The insurance provisions reflect the detailed restrictions on 
    insurance activities of bank holding companies specified in the BHC 
    Act. The current regulation has not been changed. Several commenters 
    urged the Board to take a variety of steps to authorize broader 
    insurance activities. The Board will continue to consider these 
    suggestions in light of the specific terms of the BHC Act.
    12. Community Development Activities
        The current regulation permits bank holding companies to make 
    equity and debt investments in corporations and projects designed 
    primarily to promote community welfare. The Board has adopted its 
    proposal clarifying that this activity includes providing advisory and 
    related services to community development programs. The Board has 
    permitted these advisory services by order.
    13. Money Orders, Savings Bonds and Traveler's Checks
        The current regulation limits the sale and issuance of money orders 
    and similar consumer payment instruments to instruments with a face 
    value of less than $1,000. The Board has by order authorized this 
    activity for payment instruments of any face amount. Accordingly, the 
    limitation on the face amount of these instruments has been removed.
    14. Data Processing Activities
        The current regulation broadly authorizes bank holding companies to 
    provide data processing and data transmission services by any 
    technological means so long as the data processed or furnished are 
    financial, banking, or economic. The final rule clarifies that a bank 
    holding company may render advice to anyone on processing and 
    transmitting banking, financial and economic data.
        The following two restrictions on permissible data processing 
    activities have been deleted:
        * All data processing services must be provided pursuant to a 
    written agreement with the third party that describes and limits the 
    services; and
        * Data processing facilities must be designed, marketed and 
    operated for processing and transmitting financial, banking, or 
    economic data.
        As explained above, the data processing activity has also been 
    revised to permit bank holding companies to derive up to 30 percent of 
    their data processing revenues from processing and transmitting data 
    that are not financial, banking, or economic. As explained above, most 
    commenters addressing this activity strongly supported all of these 
    changes and, in particular, the proposal to permit the conduct of some 
    nonfinancial data processing activities as an incident to financial 
    data processing activities.
    D. Changes to Tying Restrictions
        The Board has adopted significant amendments to its rules regarding 
    tying arrangements. The amendments remove Board-imposed tying 
    restrictions on bank holding companies and their nonbank subsidiaries; 
    create exceptions from the statutory restriction on bank tying 
    arrangements to allow banks greater flexibility to package products 
    with their affiliates; and establish a safe harbor from the tying 
    restrictions for certain foreign transactions. These amendments are 
    designed to enhance competition in banking and nonbanking products and 
    allow banks and their affiliates to provide more efficient and lower-
    cost service to customers.
        Section 106 of the BHC Act Amendments of 1970 contains five 
    restrictions intended to prohibit anti-competitive behavior by banks: 
    Two prohibit tying arrangements; two prohibit reciprocity arrangements; 
    and one prohibits exclusive dealing arrangements.16 The tying 
    restrictions,
    
    [[Page 9313]]
    
    which have the greatest effect on industry practices, prohibit a bank 
    from restricting the availability or varying the consideration for one 
    product or service (the ``tying product'') on the condition that a 
    customer purchase another product or service offered by the bank or by 
    any of its affiliates (the ``tied product''). Although section 106 
    applies only when a bank offers the tying product, the Board in 1971 
    extended these special restrictions to bank holding companies and their 
    nonbank subsidiaries.17
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \16\  12 U.S.C. Sec. 1972.
        \17\  36 FR 10777 (June 3, 1971).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Section 106 was adopted in 1970 when Congress expanded the 
    authority of the Board to approve proposals by bank holding companies 
    to engage in nonbanking activities. Section 106 was based on 
    congressional concern that banks' unique role in the economy, in 
    particular their power to extend credit, would allow them to create a 
    competitive advantage for their affiliates in the new, nonbanking 
    markets that they were being allowed to enter.18 Congress 
    therefore imposed special limitations on tying by banks--restrictions 
    beyond those imposed by the antitrust laws. Section 106 is a broader 
    prohibition, unlike the antitrust laws, a plaintiff in action under 
    section 106 need not show that: (1) the seller has market power in the 
    market for the tying product; (2) the tying arrangement has had an 
    anti-competitive effect in the market for the tied product; or (3) the 
    tying arrangement has had a substantial effect on interstate commerce.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \18\ See S. Rep. No. 1084, 91st Cong., 2d Sess. (1970).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Board has authority to grant exceptions to section 106 and, in 
    the past few years, has used its exemptive authority to allow banking 
    organizations to package their products when doing so would benefit the 
    organization and its customers without anti-competitive effects. For 
    example, the Board has allowed arrangements that included discounts on 
    brokerage services and other products based on a customer's 
    relationship with the bank or bank holding company. The final rule 
    would build on this recent history by permitting broader categories of 
    packaging arrangements that also do not raise the concerns that section 
    106 was intended to address.
    1. Rescind the Board's Regulatory Extension of the Statute
        As noted above, the Board has by regulation extended the 
    restrictions of section 106 to bank holding companies and their nonbank 
    subsidiaries as if they were banks. This extension was adopted at the 
    same time that the Board approved by regulation the first laundry list 
    of nonbanking activities under section 4(c)(8) of the BHC Act, 
    apparently as a prophylactic measure addressed at potential anti-
    competitive practices by companies engaging in nonbanking 
    activities.19
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \19\  In recent years, the Board has enacted limited relief from 
    the anti-tying restrictions on nonbanks within bank holding company 
    structures. For example, the Board has permitted a nonbanking 
    subsidiary to offer discounts on products and services based on the 
    customer's obtaining some other product or service from that 
    subsidiary or another nonbank affiliate. 12 CFR 225.7(b)(3). 
    However, even with this relief, tying between a bank holding company 
    or its nonbank subsidiary and an affiliated bank has remained 
    restricted, as has any tying arrangement not limited to the offering 
    of a discount.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        As noted in the preamble to the proposed rule, the Board has gained 
    extensive experience with bank holding companies, their nonbank 
    affiliates, and the markets in which they operate. Based on this 
    experience, the Board has concluded that these nonbank companies do not 
    possess the market power over credit or other unique competitive 
    advantages that Congress assumed that banks enjoyed in 1970. 
    Accordingly, the Board has decided that applying the special bank anti-
    tying rules to such companies is no longer justified. Any competitive 
    problems that might arise would be isolated cases, better addressed not 
    through a special blanket prohibition but rather through the same 
    general antitrust laws that bind the non-bank-affiliated competitors of 
    these entities.
        Commenters discussing the tying proposal overwhelmingly supported 
    the Board's proposal to rescind its regulatory extension of the anti-
    tying rules to nonbanks. Commenters noted that, in rescinding its rule, 
    the Board would not be granting an ``exception'' to section 106, which 
    never envisioned that nonbank affiliates would be covered by the 
    special anti-tying rules applicable to banks, but rather returning the 
    coverage of the statute to that intended by Congress. Commenters argued 
    that the proposed rescission would benefit banking organizations and 
    the public by permitting bank holding companies and their nonbank 
    subsidiaries to package products and services more flexibly--
    particularly in packages with products and services of bank 
    affiliates--thereby enabling the provision of more efficient and lower-
    cost products and services to their business and retail customers.
        Commenters also generally agreed that removal of these special 
    restrictions on bank holding companies and their nonbank subsidiaries 
    would eliminate a competitive disadvantage by allowing them the same 
    freedom to package products that their non-bank-affiliated competitors 
    currently enjoy. Some of these commenters noted that the Sherman Act 
    would continue to prohibit bank holding companies and their 
    subsidiaries from engaging in any tying arrangement that had an anti-
    competitive effect.
        Only two commenters opposed the Board's proposal to rescind the 
    regulatory extension of bank anti-tying rules to nonbank 
    affiliates.20 One commenter, a law firm representing a nonbanking 
    corporation, opposed the Board's proposal to free nonbank affiliates 
    from the special tying rules applicable to banks, as well as the other 
    proposed changes to the anti-tying regulation. This commenter stated 
    that the proposed changes should not be adopted without a comprehensive 
    study of their potential ramifications. The commenter also maintained 
    that the Board's regulatory extension of the anti-tying rules to 
    nonbank affiliates is consistent with the legislative history of 
    section 106, which evinced concern over possible unfair business 
    practices of nonbank affiliates as well as banks themselves. In 
    addition, the commenter questioned whether the general antitrust laws 
    and the nature of the competition faced by banking organizations would 
    be adequate to prevent unfair or anti-competitive practices, and 
    whether the proposal would produce efficiency, lower costs, and fair 
    competition between banking and nonbanking organizations.21
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \20\ In addition, a community group generally opposed the 
    Board's proposed changes to the tying rules on the basis of concerns 
    about relationships between banks and their consumer finance company 
    affiliates. These concerns focused on fair lending and equal credit 
    opportunity, appropriate disclosure of referral fees and other 
    matters, and compliance with various consumer lending statutes and 
    regulations. The Board does not believe, and this commenter has 
    provided no basis for concluding, that the anti-tying statute or 
    regulations are intended to address or have the effect of addressing 
    these concerns. Moreover, these concerns are already addressed by 
    separate statutes and regulations, including the Equal Credit 
    Opportunity Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, and Real Estate 
    Settlement Procedures Act of 1974.
        \21\ With respect to fair competition between banking and 
    nonbanking organizations, the commenter asserted that banking 
    organizations have an inherent competitive advantage from being able 
    to conduct the business of banking. This commenter also noted the 
    increasing concentration of resources within the banking industry 
    itself, and indicated that the existing anti-tying rules may have 
    contributed to the competitive vitality of the markets in which 
    nonbank affiliates operate.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Another law firm, representing a group of insurance industry trade 
    associations, also opposed the Board's proposal to remove the special 
    anti-tying rules applicable to nonbank
    
    [[Page 9314]]
    
    affiliates. This commenter maintained that the bank anti-tying rules 
    should continue to apply to nonbank affiliates because these affiliates 
    may appear to the public to be indistinguishable from the banks 
    themselves and because the same public policy concern regarding banks' 
    power over credit warrants the extension of the prophylactic rule for 
    banks to entities having an affiliate relationship with banks.22
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \22\ This commenter also advanced several arguments for not 
    rescinding these rules with respect to packaged offerings that 
    include insurance products, specifically: (1) That such packaging 
    arrangements may violate state insurance laws that prohibit 
    insurance agents from offering rebates on the sale of insurance 
    products; and (2) that permitting insurance premium payments as part 
    of a discount package may similarly violate state anti-rebate and 
    insurance advertising laws, and could result in customer confusion 
    and a conflict with the Interagency Statement on Retail Sales of 
    Nondeposit Investment Products. The commenter also argued that the 
    proposal could enable banks to coerce customers to purchase 
    insurance in order to obtain a loan, and that permitting a 
    combination of insured deposit and uninsured investment products in 
    a single package could obscure the differences between these 
    products and produce confusion among customers of banking 
    organizations.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Board does not believe that these concerns warrant retention of 
    special anti-tying rules for nonbank affiliates of banks. In 
    particular, the Board's experience as regulator and supervisor of 
    banks, bank holding companies, and their subsidiaries provides an 
    adequate basis for judgments about the competitive nature of markets in 
    which banking organizations operate. Commenters have not provided 
    evidence to the contrary or proposed specific subjects for further 
    study. Moreover, commenters opposing the proposal have produced no 
    evidence that the antitrust rules and the nature of the nonbanking 
    markets in which bank affiliates operate would not be sufficient to 
    prevent unfair or anti-competitive practices, or that the proposed 
    liberalization of the Board's tying rules would not yield efficiencies 
    and corresponding lower costs for customers. The Board does not 
    believe, and commenters have provided no basis for concluding, that 
    affiliation with a bank creates a competitive advantage warranting the 
    application of special bank anti-tying rules to nonbank 
    affiliates.23 Finally, while the legislative history of section 
    106 may evince concern with the competitive practices of banks and 
    their affiliates, the statute itself clearly applies only to tying by 
    banks themselves.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \23\ The Board also notes that these commenters have not 
    provided any reason to conclude that an increased concentration of 
    resources in the banking industry itself warrants an extension of 
    anti-tying rules to the nonbanking markets in which bank affiliates 
    operate.
        Other matters raised by commenters also provide no basis for 
    extending the special bank anti-tying rules to nonbank affiliates. 
    The Board does not believe that the rescission of this extension or 
    other aspects of the proposed rule would preempt state laws 
    regarding insurance or other matters. Furthermore, concerns about 
    possible customer confusion are effectively addressed through more 
    direct means such as the Interagency Statement on Retail Sales of 
    Nondeposit Investment Products. The Board also notes that section 
    106 would continue to prohibit banks from using their power over 
    credit to induce customers to purchase insurance products.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        For the foregoing reasons, the Board is rescinding its extension of 
    bank anti-tying rules to bank holding companies and their nonbank 
    subsidiaries.
    2. Retain Limited Prohibition on Tying Arrangements Involving 
    Electronic Benefit Transfer Services
        In the proposed rule, the Board sought comment on whether it should 
    retain its regulatory extension of the statute for purposes of one type 
    of tying arrangement. Section 825(a)(3) of the Personal Responsibility 
    and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996, signed into law on 
    August 22, 1996, amended the Food Stamp Act of 1977 to prohibit tying 
    the availability of electronic benefit transfer services to other 
    point-of-sale services. Enforcement of the Food Stamp Act is assigned 
    to the Secretary of Agriculture.24 Banks, bank holding companies, 
    and nonbank subsidiaries of bank holding companies were exempted from 
    the statute, apparently because they were already restricted by section 
    106 (in the case of banks) and the Board's regulation (in the case of 
    bank holding companies and their nonbank subsidiaries). Thus, unless 
    the Board were to retain a restriction on bank holding companies and 
    their nonbank subsidiaries, they would be the only companies not 
    subject to a special restriction on tying of electronic benefit 
    transfer services.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \24\ 104 Pub. L. 193, 110 Stat. 2105; 7 U.S.C. Sec. 2016(i)(11).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Commenters either supported or expressly did not object to this 
    limited retention of a special anti-tying rule for electronic benefit 
    transfer services. Commenters acknowledged that the principle of 
    competitive equality underlying the general rescission of special anti-
    tying rules for nonbank entities dictated retention of the special 
    rules in this limited context.
        The Board has decided to retain this restriction.
    3. Treat Inter-affiliate Tying Arrangements the Same as Intra-bank 
    Arrangements
        Section 106 contains an explicit exception (the ``statutory 
    traditional bank product exception'') that permits a bank to tie any 
    product or service to a loan, discount, deposit, or trust service 
    offered by that bank.25 For example, a bank could condition the 
    use of its messenger service on a customer's maintaining a deposit 
    account at the bank. Although the statutory traditional bank product 
    exception appears to have been effective in preserving traditional 
    relationships between a customer and bank, the exception is limited in 
    an important way: it does not extend to transactions involving products 
    offered by affiliates.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \25\ 12 U.S.C. 1972(1)(A).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Board has adopted a ``regulatory traditional bank product 
    exception'' that generally extends the statutory exception to 
    transactions involving affiliates. However, the Board placed two 
    restrictions on the regulatory exception. First, the Board required 
    that both products involved in the tying arrangement be traditional 
    bank products. Second, the Board required that the arrangement consist 
    of discounting the tying product rather than restricting its 
    availability. However, as noted in the preamble to the proposed rule, 
    Congress decided not to apply these two restrictions to the statutory 
    traditional bank product exception for intra-bank transactions, and it 
    is difficult to argue that inter-affiliate transactions pose any 
    greater risk of anti-competitive behavior than those intra-bank 
    transactions. Moreover, Congress has already extended the statutory 
    traditional bank product exception to cover inter-affiliate 
    transactions, without restriction, for savings associations and their 
    affiliates.26 For these reasons, the Board proposed eliminating 
    the above restrictions so that any tying arrangement within a banking 
    organization would be permissible if the tied product is a loan, 
    discount, deposit, or trust service.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \26\ 12 U.S.C. 1464(q)(1)(A).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Commenters discussing this proposal overwhelmingly supported this 
    aspect of the proposal, agreeing with the Board that there is no reason 
    to subject inter-affiliate tying arrangements to restrictions that are 
    not applicable to intra-bank arrangements. Three commenters raised 
    general objections to the elimination of these restrictions. These 
    objections were similar to those advanced against the proposed 
    rescission of the tying rules applicable to nonbank affiliates. The 
    Board notes that, because insurance products are not among the 
    traditional bank products listed in the statute or the rule, this 
    aspect of the proposal would not
    
    [[Page 9315]]
    
    enhance a banking organization's ability to leverage possible market 
    power in other product markets to engage in anti-competitive behavior 
    in insurance markets.
        A substantial number of commenters urged the Board to adopt an 
    expanded definition of the ``traditional bank products'' which may be 
    tied to other offerings under the statutory and regulatory exceptions. 
    Some of these commenters proposed a specific list of additional 
    products--such as foreign exchange, interest rate swaps and other 
    derivative products, and investment advisory services--to be exempted 
    by the rule. Other commenters proposed a more general approach for 
    expanding this definition: for example, exempting products authorized 
    as part of the business of banking under relevant chartering laws. 
    Others urged the Board to exempt all but a limited set of tying 
    arrangements from the statutory restrictions--for example, by covering 
    only transactions where the tying product is a consumer or small 
    business loan.27 The Board believes that these suggestions warrant 
    serious consideration, but intends to study this issue and provide 
    notice and seek comment before adopting any changes not suggested in 
    the proposed rule.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \27\ Some commenters also suggested that the Board issue 
    interpretations to clarify the scope of the statutory list of four 
    traditional bank products.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        For the foregoing reasons, the Board has decided to adopt the 
    extension of the traditional bank product exception as proposed.
    4. Extend the Expanded Regulatory ``Traditional Bank Product'' 
    Exception to Reciprocity Arrangements
        As noted above, section 106 prohibits not only tying arrangements 
    but also reciprocity arrangements (conditioning the availability of or 
    varying the consideration for one product on the providing of another 
    by the customer).28 Like the tying prohibition, the prohibition on 
    reciprocity arrangements contains an exception intended to preserve 
    traditional banking relationships. The exception provides that a bank 
    may condition the availability of a product or service on the 
    customer's providing to the bank some product or service ``related to 
    and usually provided in connection with'' a loan, discount, deposit, or 
    trust service.29 The Board noted in the proposed rule that it had 
    received only one request to extend this exception, and commenters 
    confirmed that these types of reciprocity arrangements are not common 
    in the industry.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \28\ 12 U.S.C. 1972(1)(C) and (D).
        \29\ 12 U.S.C. 1972(1)(C).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Like the statutory traditional bank product exception to the tying 
    prohibition, this exception to the reciprocity prohibition does not 
    apply to inter-affiliate transactions, and, in the proposed rule, the 
    Board proposed to extend the statutory exception for traditional 
    banking relationships to cover such inter-affiliate transactions. For 
    reasons similar to those advanced with respect to the extension of the 
    statutory exception for tying arrangements, most commenters discussing 
    this aspect of the proposal strongly supported the extension of 
    permitted reciprocity arrangements, while a small number of commenters 
    opposed this aspect of the proposal. The opposing comments did not 
    raise any objections specific to reciprocity arrangements.
        For the foregoing reasons, and because the Board does not believe 
    that inter-affiliate reciprocity arrangements pose any greater anti-
    competitive threat than similar intra-bank arrangements permitted by 
    Congress, the Board is adopting substantially as proposed the extension 
    of the statutory exception for certain reciprocity arrangements. The 
    Board has decided to make technical changes to the proposed exception 
    to make clear that the regulatory exception is co-extensive with the 
    statutory exception.
    5. Coverage of Foreign Transactions Under Section 106
        In response to a request that the Board clarify whether section 106 
    restricts foreign transactions, the Board sought comment on whether it 
    should establish a ``safe harbor'' with respect to some set of foreign 
    transactions. In particular, the Board sought comment on whether the 
    safe harbor should define ``foreign transactions'' according to the 
    location of the customer, the location of the market where any 
    potential anti-competitive effects would occur, or some other factor.
        Federal legislation is presumed to apply only within the 
    territorial jurisdiction of the United States, unless the legislation 
    clearly expresses a contrary intent on the part of Congress. No such 
    intent is evident in section 106.30 However, determining whether a 
    series of transactions has sufficient connection to the United States 
    to trigger section 106 can be a difficult process. The proposed safe 
    harbor was intended to provide certainty with respect to a defined set 
    of transactions. Thus, the proposed safe harbor was not intended to be 
    an interpretation of section 106, as some transactions outside the safe 
    harbor may not be covered by the statute.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \30\ See Gushi Bros. Co. v. Bank of Guam, 28 F.3d 1535, 1542-43 
    (9th Cir. 1994).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Commenters addressing this issue overwhelmingly supported the 
    creation of a safe harbor. Commenters argued that a safe harbor would 
    provide needed certainty to banking organizations operating abroad and 
    permit these organizations to compete with foreign firms. One commenter 
    noted that U.S. banks sometimes cannot participate in lending 
    syndicates dominated by foreign banks because the loan agreement 
    contains conditions that would violate section 106. Furthermore, in 
    some countries it is customary for a financial advisor or credit 
    provider to link services in formulating proposals and a U.S. bank's 
    inability to do so places it at a competitive disadvantage.
        In terms of how the safe harbor would be defined, commenters 
    strongly urged that the locus of the customer be determinative. 
    Commenters uniformly rejected any test based on the locus of any anti-
    competitive effects, on two grounds. First, such a test assumes that 
    there will be anti-competitive effects from the tying arrangements, 
    which is by definition true in the case of a Sherman Act violation but 
    not necessarily true in the case of a violation of the per se 
    prohibition on tying in section 106. Second, determining where a 
    transaction has its effect can be a difficult process yielding no clear 
    answer, and the test would therefore leave substantial uncertainty in 
    terms of compliance.
        Some commenters also urged the Board to exempt transactions to 
    finance projects located outside the United States and transactions 
    with foreign branches of U.S. companies.
        A small number of commenters objected generally to this proposed 
    change to the tying rules without providing any specific reason why a 
    safe harbor for foreign transactions should not be adopted. One 
    commenter maintained that a safe harbor was not necessary because 
    relevant case law had provided sufficient clarity and certainty with 
    respect to this question.
        For the reasons advanced by commenters, the Board is adopting a 
    ``safe harbor'' from the anti-tying rules for transactions with 
    corporate customers that are incorporated or otherwise organized, and 
    have their principal place of business, outside the United States, or 
    with individuals who are citizens of a foreign country and are not 
    resident in the United States. However, the safe harbor would not 
    protect tying arrangements where the
    
    [[Page 9316]]
    
    customer is a U.S.-incorporated division of a foreign company. 
    Furthermore, the safe harbor would not shelter a transaction from other 
    antitrust laws if they were otherwise applicable.
        The Board agrees with commenters that some transactions with U.S. 
    persons may be so foreign in nature, because of the location of either 
    the project that is the subject of the transaction or the customer's 
    office that is entering into the transaction, that they do not raise 
    the competitive concerns that section 106 or the antitrust laws were 
    designed to address. The Board also believes, however, that many such 
    foreign-based transactions do have competitive implications in the 
    United States--for example, where a U.S. corporation seeks financing 
    for a project abroad, and the bank seeks to tie this financing to an 
    affiliate's U.S. securities underwriting services--and the Board does 
    not believe that commenters have provided an adequate and clear basis 
    for excluding such transactions from any ``safe harbor'' for foreign 
    transactions with U.S. persons.
    6. Technical Changes
        The Board also is adopting a definition of ``bank'' for purposes of 
    the anti-tying rules to clarify that any exemptions afforded to banks 
    generally also would be applicable to credit card and other limited 
    purpose institutions and to United States branches and agencies of 
    foreign banks.31
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \31\ One commenter urged that the safe harbor for combined-
    balance discounts be clarified by specifying that products offered 
    by an affiliate of the bank may be included as eligible products. 
    The Board notes that the proposed and final rule refer to ``products 
    specified by the bank'', and do not contain any limitation with 
    respect to the entity offering the product.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    E. Other Changes
    
    1. Filings Under the Change in Bank Control Act
        The final rule, as the proposal, reorganizes, clarifies, and 
    simplifies the portion of Regulation Y that implements the Change in 
    Bank Control Act (``CIBC Act''). The final rule attempts to harmonize 
    the scope and procedural requirements of the Board's regulation 
    implementing the CIBC Act with those of the other federal banking 
    agencies and to reduce any unnecessary regulatory burden.
        In particular, the final rule reduces regulatory burden by reducing 
    from two to one the number of times a person must receive permission 
    under the CIBC Act to acquire shares of the same state member bank or 
    bank holding company. Specifically, the final rule eliminates the 
    current requirement that all persons who have received authorization to 
    control in excess of 10 percent, but less than 25 percent, of the 
    voting shares of a member bank or bank holding company file a second 
    notice before acquiring control of 25 percent or more of the voting 
    shares of the institution.
        The Board has determined that this new rule will apply to any 
    person who currently controls 10 percent (but less than 25 percent) of 
    the shares of a state member bank or bank holding company with Board 
    approval under the CIBC Act, unless the approval granted to the person 
    specifically limited the amount of shares that the person may control 
    or the person is otherwise notified in writing by the System that 
    additional approval is required. In future cases in which a person 
    appears to have sufficient financial resources to acquire more than 10 
    percent, but less than 100 percent of the shares of a bank, the System 
    may limit the approval granted on a case-by-case basis by requiring 
    further review of the financial resources of the person as appropriate.
        Commenters that discussed the CIBC Act proposal supported the 
    proposed revisions. In particular, these commenters endorsed the 
    elimination of the requirement to file a second notice to the Board 
    upon exceeding 25 percent ownership of a member bank or bank holding 
    company when a prior notice to acquire in excess of 10 percent had been 
    filed and approved by the Board.
        Commenters also supported the proposal to clarify certain terms 
    used in the CIBC Act portion of the rule. The final rule adds 
    definitions of key terms to clarify the scope of the regulation. In 
    particular, the final rule defines the terms acting in concert and 
    immediate family, and includes specific presumptions of concerted 
    action, to clarify the rule and to provide guidance to acquirors. In 
    addition, the final rule incorporates current Board practice that the 
    acquisition of a loan in default that is secured by voting securities 
    of a state member bank or bank holding company is presumed to be an 
    acquisition of the underlying securities.
        The final rule also reduces regulatory burden on persons whose 
    ownership percentages increase as the result of an action outside the 
    control of the person, such as a redemption of voting securities by the 
    issuing bank or a sale of shares by a third party. In these situations, 
    the proposal would permit the person affected by the bank or third 
    party action to file a notice within 90 calendar days after the 
    transaction occurs, provided that the acquiring person does not 
    reasonably have advance knowledge of the triggering transaction.
        In addition, the final rule provides for more flexible timing for 
    newspaper announcements of filings under the CIBC Act by permitting 
    notificants to publish the announcement up to 15 calendar days before 
    submitting the filing. The newspaper notice requirement also is 
    modified to eliminate the requirement that the notice include a 
    statement of the percentage of shares proposed to be acquired.
        Finally, the final rule adds a new section reflecting the stock 
    loan reporting requirements in section 205 of the Federal Deposit 
    Insurance Corporation Improvement Act as amended by section 2226 of the 
    Regulatory Relief Act. Before the passage of the Regulatory Relief Act, 
    all financial institutions were required to file reports documenting 
    credit outstanding by the institution and its affiliates when the 
    credit was secured by 25 percent or more of any class of voting 
    securities of an insured depository institution. The Regulatory Relief 
    Act limits this requirement to credit outstanding by foreign banks and 
    their affiliates.
        One commenter suggested that the Board require any person 
    participating in a proxy solicitation to obtain prior approval under 
    the CIBC Act and urged broadening the definition of persons who would 
    be deemed to be acting in concert (and thus required to join in a CIBC 
    Act filing) to include persons soliciting proxies. This commenter also 
    suggested that the institution that is the target of a proxy 
    solicitation be granted standing as a party to a CIBC Act filing, be 
    furnished copies of all filings, and be permitted to submit comments.
        The Board has not adopted these suggestions. The Board has long 
    held, and a federal court has agreed, that the CIBC Act is not 
    automatically triggered by the formation of a group for the purpose of 
    acquiring proxies for voting shares and that private parties do not 
    have legal standing to challenge agency action under the CIBC 
    Act.32 The final rule provides for public notice of all CIBC Act 
    filings (unless immediate or expeditious action is required) and 
    permits any private party to submit comments for Board consideration. 
    This approach is in keeping with the purpose of the CIBC Act, which is 
    to permit the federal banking agencies to review changes in the 
    ownership of banks and bank holding companies and is not intended to be 
    a mechanism for private
    
    [[Page 9317]]
    
    parties to frustrate contested acquisitions.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \32\  See Citizen First Bancorp, Inc. v. Harreld, 559 F.Supp. 
    867 (1982).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    2. Notices of Changes in Directors and Senior Executive Officers
        In addition to the BHC Act and the CIBC Act, Regulation Y 
    implements section 914 of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, 
    and Enforcement Act of 1989, which requires a state member bank or bank 
    holding company (together, ``regulated institutions'') to give prior 
    notice to the System before changing directors or senior executive 
    officers under certain circumstances. The final rule has been modified 
    in light of amendments to section 914 enacted by the Regulatory Relief 
    Act and in cooperation with the staffs of the other federal financial 
    institutions supervisory agencies, in an attempt to develop uniform 
    procedures for requiring and reviewing section 914 notices.
        As amended, section 914 no longer requires prior notice from 
    regulated institutions chartered for less than two years or regulated 
    institutions that underwent a change in control within two years. 
    Accordingly, provisions in the proposed rule relating to these 
    circumstances as triggering a section 914 notice have been deleted from 
    the final rule.
        Section 914 also was amended by the Regulatory Relief Act to permit 
    the System to extend the 30-day prior notice period for an additional 
    period not to exceed 60 days. The Board expects to continue to process 
    most section 914 notices within 30 days and the final rule retains the 
    30-day prior notice period. In special circumstances, such as an 
    incomplete administrative record, the final rule permits the System to 
    extend the prior notice period for an additional 60 days as provided in 
    section 914 after notifying the regulated institution or individual 
    filing the notice of the extension and the reason for not processing 
    the notice within 30 days.
        In all waiver requests, the final rule continues to require that 
    all information required to be filed under the rule be provided within 
    the time period specified by the System. The final rule also adopts the 
    System's current practice of granting individuals who are not proposed 
    by management and who are elected as new directors of regulated 
    institutions an automatic waiver of the 30-day prior notice requirement 
    in order to serve immediately as board members. To qualify for an 
    automatic waiver, the individual must also provide the System with all 
    information required to be filed under the rule within two business 
    days after the individual's election. The System may issue a notice of 
    disapproval within 30 days after a waiver request is granted or the 
    election of an individual serving pursuant to an automatic waiver.
        One commenter argued that the automatic waiver procedures should 
    require an individual to resign as a director after a notice of 
    disapproval has been issued by the System. While disapproval would 
    require the individual to resign as a director, the final rule does not 
    incorporate the suggestion because the System has sufficient 
    enforcement authority under applicable law to remove a disapproved 
    director from the board.
        The final rule also makes other changes, such as modifications to 
    the appeal procedure for a disapproved notice, that are intended to 
    clarify the proposed rule.
    3. Other Changes
        The Board received three comments requesting that the Board expand 
    its proposed presumption exempting testamentary trusts from the 
    definition of ``company'' so as to exempt inter vivos (or living) 
    trusts. Inter vivos trusts are trusts that are established by 
    individuals during their lifetime to facilitate estate planning. The 
    Board, on a case-by-case basis, has applied criteria similar to the 
    criteria proposed in Regulation Y in determining whether an inter vivos 
    trust is a ``company'' for purposes of the BHC Act. Accordingly, the 
    final rule has been expanded to presume that an inter vivos trust is 
    exempt from the definition of ``company'' if the trust meets the 
    criteria in the final rule and is not otherwise found to be a business 
    trust or company. The final rule also amends the time limit in which a 
    trust must terminate to reflect that the BHC Act permits certain trusts 
    to extend for 25 years.
        The final rule also reduces from 30 to 15 the number of days notice 
    required before a large stock redemption by a bank holding company, 
    permits small bank holding companies to make stock redemptions without 
    prior notice if the holding company meets certain leverage and capital 
    requirements, and permits bank holding companies to take account of 
    intervening new issues of stock in computing when a stock redemption 
    notice must be filed.
        In addition, the final rule adopts the changes enacted in the 
    Regulatory Relief Act to the period for divesting certain shares 
    acquired in satisfaction of a debt previously contracted. These changes 
    permit the Board to extend the divestiture period, under certain 
    circumstances, to a period of up to 10 years.
        Moreover, the final rule deletes the provisions implementing 
    section 2(g)(3) of the BHC Act, which have been repealed by the 
    Regulatory Relief Act. The Board has also deleted references in 
    Regulation Y to limitations on asset growth imposed on certain 
    institution by the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 (Pub. L. 
    100-86, 101 Stat 552) because these limitations were removed by section 
    2304 of the Regulatory Relief Act.
        Finally, the final rule adopts the proposed definitions of ``class 
    of voting securities'' and ``immediate family'' and includes several 
    other technical changes.
    
    Regulatory Flexibility Act
    
        Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the Board is required 
    to conduct an analysis of the effect on small institutions of the 
    revisions to Regulation Y. As of September 30, 1996, the number of bank 
    holding companies totalled 5,250.33 The following chart provides a 
    distribution, based on asset size, for those companies.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \33\ Financial top-tier domestic bank holding companies. 
    Excludes middle-tier bank holding companies, and foreign bank 
    holding companies that are not required to file a Y-9 report with 
    the Federal Reserve System.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Percent of
                                                       Number of     bank   
             Asset size category (M=million)             bank       holding 
                                                        holding     company 
                                                       companies    assets  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Less than $150M.................................       3,874      34 5.2
    $150M-$300M.....................................         677         3.2
    Greater than $300M..............................         699        91.6
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The comprehensive revision to Regulation Y is intended to eliminate 
    unnecessary burden for all bank holding companies, including smaller 
    banking organizations. Included in the revision are expedited 
    application/notice procedures with minimal information requirements for 
    well-rated and well-run bank holding companies. The vast majority of 
    bank holding companies would qualify to use the streamlined procedures, 
    and it is estimated that more than 50 percent of the applications/
    notices reviewed by the Federal Reserve System during 1995 would have 
    qualified for the new streamlined procedures. The revisions also 
    include a reorganization and streamlining of the regulatory laundry 
    list of permissible nonbanking activities,
    
    [[Page 9318]]
    
    the removal of unnecessary and outmoded regulatory restrictions, and a 
    waiver of filing requirements for bank acquisitions that are in-
    substance bank-to-bank mergers. These changes apply to all bank holding 
    companies and will be particularly helpful to small bank holding 
    companies.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \34\ Bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less 
    than $150 million are not required to file financial regulatory 
    reports on a consolidated basis. Assets for this group are estimated 
    based on reports filed by the parent companies and subsidiaries.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The revisions include a number of other changes applicable to 
    smaller organizations in particular. These changes include a special 
    exception for small bank holding companies with assets of less than 
    $300 million from the aggregate size limit applying to the use of the 
    expedited application procedures, an update of the small bank holding 
    company policy statement that applies to bank holding companies with 
    assets of less than $150 million and reduces burden for qualifying 
    small bank holding companies, reduction of the thresholds for 
    qualification for streamlined formation of new bank holding companies, 
    reduction in the filing requirements under the Change in Bank Control 
    Act, and addition of a new exception for small bank holding companies 
    from the prior approval requirements regarding stock redemption 
    proposals. These and the other changes described above are explained in 
    more detail in the Supplementary Information portion of this document.
        The Board expects that the final rule will result in a significant 
    reduction in regulatory filings, in the paperwork burden and processing 
    time associated with regulatory filings, and in the costs associated 
    with complying with the regulation, thereby improving the ability of 
    all bank holding companies, including small organizations, to conduct 
    business on a more cost-efficient basis.
    
    Paperwork Reduction Act
    
        In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 
    Ch. 3506; 5 CFR part 1320 Appendix A.1), the Board reviewed the rule 
    under the authority delegated to the Board by the Office of Management 
    and Budget. The Federal Reserve may not conduct or sponsor, and an 
    organization is not required to respond to, the following information 
    collections unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. 
    The OMB control numbers are indicated below.
        The collection of information requirements in this regulation are 
    found in 12 CFR 225.11, 12 CFR 225.12, 12 CFR 225.14, 12 CFR 225.17, 12 
    CFR 225.23, 12 CFR 225.24, 12 USC 1817(j) and 1831(i), 12 CFR 225.73, 
    12 CFR 225.4, and 12 CFR 225.3(a). This information is required to 
    evidence compliance with the requirements of the Bank Holding Company 
    Act, the Change in Bank Control Act and provisions of the Federal 
    Deposit Insurance Act. The respondents are for-profit financial 
    institutions and other corporations, including small businesses, and 
    individuals.
        The Board received no comments that specifically addressed burden 
    estimates.
        The streamlining of applications to acquire banks and nonbanking 
    companies by institutions that meet the qualifying criteria should 
    result in a significant reduction in burden for respondents that file 
    the Application for Prior Approval To Become a Bank Holding Company, or 
    for a Bank Holding Company To Acquire an Additional Bank or Bank 
    Holding Company (FR Y-3; OMB No. 7100-0171). Approximately 196 
    respondents file the FR Y-3 annually pursuant to section 3(a)(1) of the 
    Bank Holding Company Act (Act) and 303 respondents file annually the FR 
    Y-3 pursuant to section 3(a)(3) and 3(a)(5) of the Act. The current 
    burden per response is 48.5 hours and 59.0 hours, respectively, for a 
    total estimated annual burden of 27,383 hours. Under the rule, it is 
    estimated that at least 50 percent of these respondents, or a total of 
    249 respondents for both types of applications, would meet the criteria 
    to qualify for the filing of a streamlined application. The average 
    number of hours per response for proposed applications of each type is 
    estimated to decrease to 2.5 hours. Therefore the total amount of 
    annual burden is estimated to be 14,343.5 hours. Based on an hourly 
    cost of $50, the annual cost to the public under the revision is 
    estimated to be $717,175, which represents an estimated cost reduction 
    of $651,975 from the estimated annual cost to the public of $1,369,150 
    under the current rule.
        The final rule should result in a significant reduction in 
    regulatory burden by eliminating the prior review and approval 
    requirements for well-run bank holding companies to engage de novo in 
    nonbanking activities that are permissible by Board regulation; 
    streamlining the application process to engage de novo in nonbanking 
    activities that are permissible only by Board order and to acquire 
    nonbanking companies; and permitting bank holding companies to obtain 
    approval at one time to engage in a preauthorized list of nonbanking 
    activities. Thus, respondents that file the Application for Prior 
    Approval To Engage Directly or Indirectly in Certain Nonbanking 
    Activities (FR Y-4; OMB No. 7100-0121) will experience a significant 
    reduction in costs. Approximately 362 respondents file the FR Y-4 
    annually to meet application requirements, and 114 respondents file to 
    meet notification requirements. The current burden per response is 59.0 
    hours and 1.5 hours, respectively, for a total estimated annual burden 
    of 21,529 hours. Under the rule it is estimated that at least 50 
    percent of these respondents would meet the criteria to qualify either 
    for elimination or for the filing of a streamlined application, 
    representing 181 applications and 57 notifications. The average number 
    of hours per response for the required post-consummation notice is 0.5 
    hours and for the required streamlined notice is 1.5 hours. Therefore 
    the total amount of annual burden is estimated to be 11,121.5 hours. 
    Based on an hourly cost of $50, the annual cost to the public under the 
    revision is estimated to be $556,075, which represents an estimated 
    cost reduction of $520,375 from the current estimated annual cost to 
    the public of $1,076,450 under the current rule.
        The elimination of the requirement that a person who has already 
    received Board approval under the Change in Bank Control Act obtain 
    additional approvals to acquire additional shares of the same bank or 
    bank holding company should result in a significant reduction in burden 
    for respondents that file the Notice of Change in Bank Control (FR 
    2081; OMB No. 7100-0134). Approximately 300 respondents file the FR 
    2081 annually to meet the notification requirements of change in 
    control, 280 respondents file to meet the requirements for notice of a 
    change in director or senior executive officer, and 1000 respondents 
    file to meet requirements to report certain biographical and financial 
    information. The current burden per response for each requirement is 
    30.0 hours, 2.0 hours, and 4.0 hours, respectively, for a total 
    estimated annual burden of 13,560 hours. Under the rule it is estimated 
    that 50 percent fewer notifications of change in control will be filed 
    for an annual total of 150 responses. The estimated number of filings 
    to meet the other two requirements and the estimated average hours per 
    response for each requirement remains unchanged. Therefore the total 
    amount of annual burden is estimated to be 9,060 hours. Based on an 
    hourly cost of $20, the total annual cost to the public under the 
    revision is estimated to be $181,200, which represents an estimated 
    cost reduction of $90,000 from the current estimated annual cost to the 
    public of $271,200 under the current rule.
        The allowance for bank holding companies to take account of
    
    [[Page 9319]]
    
    intervening new issues of stock in computing when a stock redemption 
    notice must be filed and the exemption provided to small bank holding 
    companies that meet certain leverage and capital requirements should 
    result in a significant reduction in burden for respondents that file 
    the Notice of Proposed Stock Redemption (FR 4008; OMB No. 7100-0131). 
    Approximately 50 respondents file the FR 4008 annually. The current 
    burden per response is 15.5 hours, for a total estimated annual burden 
    of 775 hours. Under the rule it is estimated that 50 percent fewer 
    notifications will be filed for an annual total of 25 responses and the 
    estimated average hours per response remains unchanged. Therefore the 
    total amount of annual burden is estimated to be 387.5 hours. Based on 
    an hourly cost of $30, the total annual cost to the public under the 
    revision is estimated to be $11,625, which represents a cost reduction 
    of $11,625 from the current estimated cost to the public of $23,250 
    under the current rule.
        The streamlining of application requirements are not expected to 
    change the ongoing annual burden associated with the Application for a 
    Foreign Organization to Become a Bank Holding Company (FR Y-1f; OMB No. 
    7100-0119). Approximately 2 respondents file the FR Y-1f annually. The 
    current burden per response is 77 hours for a total estimated annual 
    burden of 144 hours. Based on an hourly cost of $20, the annual cost to 
    the public is estimated to be $3,080.
        All information contained in these collections of information are 
    available to the public unless the respondent can substantiate that 
    disclosure of certain information would result in substantial 
    competitive harm or an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy or 
    would otherwise qualify for an exemption under the Freedom of 
    Information Act.
        The Federal Reserve has a continuing interest in the public's 
    opinions of our collections of information. At any time, comments 
    regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of this collection 
    of information, including suggestions for reducing the burden may be 
    sent to: Secretary, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 
    20th and C Streets, NW., Washington, DC 20551; and to the Office of 
    Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (7100-0196), 
    Washington, DC 20503.
    
    List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 225
    
        Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, banking, Federal 
    Reserve System, Holding Companies, Reporting and recordkeeping 
    requirements, Securities.
    
        For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Board amends 12 CFR 
    part 225 as follows:
    
    PART 225--BANK HOLDING COMPANIES AND CHANGE IN BANK CONTROL 
    (REGULATION Y)
    
        1. The authority citation for part 225 continues to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(13), 1818, 1831i, 1831p-1, 
    1843(c)(8), 1844(b), 1972(l), 3106, 3108, 3310, 3331-3351, 3907, and 
    3909.
    
        2. Subpart A is revised to read as follows:
    
    Subpart A--General Provisions
    
    Sec.
    225.1  Authority, purpose, and scope.
    225.2  Definitions.
    225.3  Administration.
    225.4  Corporate practices.
    225.5  Registration, reports, and inspections.
    225.6  Penalties for violations.
    225.7  Exceptions to tying restrictions
    
    Subpart A--General Provisions
    
    
    Sec. 225.1  Authority, purpose, and scope.
    
        (a) Authority. This part 1 (Regulation Y) is issued by the 
    Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) under section 
    5(b) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (12 U.S.C. 
    1844(b)) (BHC Act); sections 8 and 13(a) of the International Banking 
    Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106 and 3108); section 7(j)(13) of the Federal 
    Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Change in Bank Control Act of 
    1978 (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(13)) (Bank Control Act); section 8(b) of the 
    Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818(b)); section 914 of the 
    Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (12 
    U.S.C. 1831i); section 106 of the Bank Holding Company Act Amendments 
    of 1970 (12 U.S.C. 1972); and the International Lending Supervision Act 
    of 1983 (Pub. L. 98-181, title IX). The BHC Act is codified at 12 
    U.S.C. 1841, et seq.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\ Code of Federal Regulations, title 12, chapter II, part 225.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (b) Purpose. The principal purposes of this part are to:
        (1) Regulate the acquisition of control of banks by companies and 
    individuals;
        (2) Define and regulate the nonbanking activities in which bank 
    holding companies and foreign banking organizations with United States 
    operations may engage; and
        (3) Set forth the procedures for securing approval for these 
    transactions and activities.
        (c) Scope--(1) Subpart A contains general provisions and 
    definitions of terms used in this regulation.
        (2) Subpart B governs acquisitions of bank or bank holding company 
    securities and assets by bank holding companies or by any company that 
    will become a bank holding company as a result of the acquisition.
        (3) Subpart C defines and regulates the nonbanking activities in 
    which bank holding companies and foreign banking organizations may 
    engage directly or through a subsidiary. The Board's Regulation K 
    governs certain nonbanking activities conducted by foreign banking 
    organizations and certain foreign activities conducted by bank holding 
    companies (12 CFR part 211, International Banking Operations).
        (4) Subpart D specifies situations in which a company is presumed 
    to control voting securities or to have the power to exercise a 
    controlling influence over the management or policies of a bank or 
    other company; sets forth the procedures for making a control 
    determination; and provides rules governing the effectiveness of 
    divestitures by bank holding companies.
        (5) Subpart E governs changes in bank control resulting from the 
    acquisition by individuals or companies (other than bank holding 
    companies) of voting securities of a bank holding company or state 
    member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
        (6) Subpart F specifies the limitations that govern companies that 
    control so-called nonbank banks and the activities of nonbank banks.
        (7) Subpart G prescribes minimum standards that apply to the 
    performance of real estate appraisals and identifies transactions that 
    require state certified appraisers.
        (8) Subpart H identifies the circumstances when written notice must 
    be provided to the Board prior to the appointment of a director or 
    senior officer of a bank holding company and establishes procedures for 
    obtaining the required Board approval.
        (9) Appendix A to the regulation contains the Board's Risk-Based 
    Capital Adequacy Guidelines for bank holding companies.
        (10) Appendix B contains the Board's Capital Adequacy Guidelines 
    for measuring leverage for bank holding companies and state member 
    banks.
        (11) Appendix C contains the Board's policy statement governing 
    small bank holding companies.
        (12) Appendix D contains the Board's Capital Adequacy Guidelines 
    for measuring tier 1 leverage for bank holding companies.
    
    [[Page 9320]]
    
        (13) Appendix E contains the Board's Capital Adequacy Guidelines 
    for measuring market risk of bank holding companies.
    
    
    Sec. 225.2  Definitions.
    
        Except as modified in this regulation or unless the context 
    otherwise requires, the terms used in this regulation have the same 
    meaning as set forth in the relevant statutes.
        (a) Affiliate means any company that controls, is controlled by, or 
    is under common control with, another company.
        (b)(1) Bank means:
        (i) An insured bank as defined in section 3(h) of the Federal 
    Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(h)); or
        (ii) An institution organized under the laws of the United States 
    which both:
        (A) Accepts demand deposits or deposits that the depositor may 
    withdraw by check or similar means for payment to third parties or 
    others; and
        (B) Is engaged in the business of making commercial loans.
        (2) Bank does not include those institutions qualifying under the 
    exceptions listed in section 2(c)(2) of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 
    1841(c)(2)).
        (c)(1) Bank holding company means any company (including a bank) 
    that has direct or indirect control of a bank, other than control that 
    results from the ownership or control of:
        (i) Voting securities held in good faith in a fiduciary capacity 
    (other than as provided in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this 
    section) without sole discretionary voting authority, or as otherwise 
    exempted under section 2(a)(5)(A) of the BHC Act;
        (ii) Voting securities acquired and held only for a reasonable 
    period of time in connection with the underwriting of securities, as 
    provided in section 2(a)(5)(B) of the BHC Act;
        (iii) Voting rights to voting securities acquired for the sole 
    purpose and in the course of participating in a proxy solicitation, as 
    provided in section 2(a)(5)(C) of the BHC Act;
        (iv) Voting securities acquired in satisfaction of debts previously 
    contracted in good faith, as provided in section 2(a)(5)(D) of the BHC 
    Act, if the securities are divested within two years of acquisition (or 
    such later period as the Board may permit by order); or
        (v) Voting securities of certain institutions owned by a thrift 
    institution or a trust company, as provided in sections 2(a)(5)(E) and 
    (F) of the BHC Act.
        (2) Except for the purposes of Sec. 225.4(b) of this subpart and 
    subpart E of this part, or as otherwise provided in this regulation, 
    bank holding company includes a foreign banking organization. For the 
    purposes of subpart B of this part, bank holding company includes a 
    foreign banking organization only if it owns or controls a bank in the 
    United States.
        (d)(1) Company includes any bank, corporation, general or limited 
    partnership, association or similar organization, business trust, or 
    any other trust unless by its terms it must terminate either within 25 
    years, or within 21 years and 10 months after the death of individuals 
    living on the effective date of the trust.
        (2) Company does not include any organization, the majority of the 
    voting securities of which are owned by the United States or any state.
        (3) Testamentary trusts exempt. Unless the Board finds that the 
    trust is being operated as a business trust or company, a trust is 
    presumed not to be a company if the trust:
        (i) Terminates within 21 years and 10 months after the death of 
    grantors or beneficiaries of the trust living on the effective date of 
    the trust or within 25 years;
        (ii) Is a testamentary or inter vivos trust established by an 
    individual or individuals for the benefit of natural persons (or trusts 
    for the benefit of natural persons) who are related by blood, marriage 
    or adoption;
        (iii) Contains only assets previously owned by the individual or 
    individuals who established the trust;
        (iv) Is not a Massachusetts business trust; and
        (v) Does not issue shares, certificates, or any other evidence of 
    ownership.
        (4) Qualified limited partnerships exempt. Company does not include 
    a qualified limited partnership, as defined in section 2(o)(10) of the 
    BHC Act.
        (e)(1) Control of a bank or other company means (except for the 
    purposes of subpart E of this part):
        (i) Ownership, control, or power to vote 25 percent or more of the 
    outstanding shares of any class of voting securities of the bank or 
    other company, directly or indirectly or acting through one or more 
    other persons;
        (ii) Control in any manner over the election of a majority of the 
    directors, trustees, or general partners (or individuals exercising 
    similar functions) of the bank or other company;
        (iii) The power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling 
    influence over the management or policies of the bank or other company, 
    as determined by the Board after notice and opportunity for hearing in 
    accordance with Sec. 225.31 of subpart D of this part; or
        (iv) Conditioning in any manner the transfer of 25 percent or more 
    of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities of a bank 
    or other company upon the transfer of 25 percent or more of the 
    outstanding shares of any class of voting securities of another bank or 
    other company.
        (2) A bank or other company is deemed to control voting securities 
    or assets owned, controlled, or held, directly or indirectly:
        (i) By any subsidiary of the bank or other company;
        (ii) In a fiduciary capacity (including by pension and profit-
    sharing trusts) for the benefit of the shareholders, members, or 
    employees (or individuals serving in similar capacities) of the bank or 
    other company or any of its subsidiaries; or
        (iii) In a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the bank or other 
    company or any of its subsidiaries.
        (f) Foreign banking organization and qualifying foreign banking 
    organization have the same meanings as provided in Sec. 211.21(n) and 
    Sec. 211.23 of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.21(n) and 211.23).
        (g) Insured depository institution includes an insured bank as 
    defined in section 3(h) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 
    1813(h)) and a savings association.
        (h) Lead insured depository institution means the largest insured 
    depository institution controlled by the bank holding company as of the 
    quarter ending immediately prior to the proposed filing, based on a 
    comparison of the average total risk-weighted assets controlled during 
    the previous 12-month period by each insured depository institution 
    subsidiary of the holding company.
        (i) Management official means any officer, director (including 
    honorary or advisory directors), partner, or trustee of a bank or other 
    company, or any employee of the bank or other company with policy-
    making functions.
        (j) Nonbank bank means any institution that:
        (1) Became a bank as a result of enactment of the Competitive 
    Equality Amendments of 1987 (Pub. L. 100-86), on the date of enactment 
    (August 10, 1987); and
        (2) Was not controlled by a bank holding company on the day before 
    the enactment of the Competitive Equality Amendments of 1987 (August 9, 
    1987).
        (k) Outstanding shares means any voting securities, but does not 
    include securities owned by the United States or by a company wholly 
    owned by the United States.
        (l) Person includes an individual, bank, corporation, partnership, 
    trust, association, joint venture, pool,
    
    [[Page 9321]]
    
    syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, or any 
    other form of entity.
        (m) Savings association means:
        (1) Any federal savings association or federal savings bank;
        (2) Any building and loan association, savings and loan 
    association, homestead association, or cooperative bank if such 
    association or cooperative bank is a member of the Savings Association 
    Insurance Fund; and
        (3) Any savings bank or cooperative that is deemed by the director 
    of the Office of Thrift Supervision to be a savings association under 
    section 10(l) of the Home Owners Loan Act.
        (n) Shareholder--(1) Controlling shareholder means a person that 
    owns or controls, directly or indirectly, 25 percent or more of any 
    class of voting securities of a bank or other company.
        (2) Principal shareholder means a person that owns or controls, 
    directly or indirectly, 10 percent or more of any class of voting 
    securities of a bank or other company, or any person that the Board 
    determines has the power, directly or indirectly, to exercise a 
    controlling influence over the management or policies of a bank or 
    other company.
        (o) Subsidiary means a bank or other company that is controlled by 
    another company, and refers to a direct or indirect subsidiary of a 
    bank holding company. An indirect subsidiary is a bank or other company 
    that is controlled by a subsidiary of the bank holding company.
        (p) United States means the United States and includes any state of 
    the United States, the District of Columbia, any territory of the 
    United States, Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, and the Virgin 
    Islands.
        (q)(1) Voting securities means shares of common or preferred stock, 
    general or limited partnership shares or interests, or similar 
    interests if the shares or interest, by statute, charter, or in any 
    manner, entitle the holder:
        (i) To vote for or to select directors, trustees, or partners (or 
    persons exercising similar functions of the issuing company); or
        (ii) To vote on or to direct the conduct of the operations or other 
    significant policies of the issuing company.
        (2) Nonvoting shares. Preferred shares, limited partnership shares 
    or interests, or similar interests are not voting securities if:
        (i) Any voting rights associated with the shares or interest are 
    limited solely to the type customarily provided by statute with regard 
    to matters that would significantly and adversely affect the rights or 
    preference of the security or other interest, such as the issuance of 
    additional amounts or classes of senior securities, the modification of 
    the terms of the security or interest, the dissolution of the issuing 
    company, or the payment of dividends by the issuing company when 
    preferred dividends are in arrears;
        (ii) The shares or interest represent an essentially passive 
    investment or financing device and do not otherwise provide the holder 
    with control over the issuing company; and
        (iii) The shares or interest do not entitle the holder, by statute, 
    charter, or in any manner, to select or to vote for the selection of 
    directors, trustees, or partners (or persons exercising similar 
    functions) of the issuing company.
        (3) Class of voting shares. Shares of stock issued by a single 
    issuer are deemed to be the same class of voting shares, regardless of 
    differences in dividend rights or liquidation preference, if the shares 
    are voted together as a single class on all matters for which the 
    shares have voting rights other than matters described in paragraph 
    (o)(2)(i) of this section that affect solely the rights or preferences 
    of the shares.
        (r) Well-capitalized-(1) Bank holding company. In the case of a 
    bank holding company,2 well-capitalized means that:
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \2\ For purposes of this subpart and subparts B and C of this 
    part, a bank holding company with consolidated assets under $150 
    million that is subject to the Small Bank Holding Company Policy 
    Statement in Appendix C of this part will be deemed to be ``well-
    capitalized'' if the bank holding company meets the requirements for 
    expedited/waived processing in Appendix C.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (i) On a consolidated basis, the bank holding company maintains a 
    total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0 percent or greater, as defined 
    in Appendix A of this part;
        (ii) On a consolidated basis, the bank holding company maintains a 
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0 percent or greater, as defined 
    in Appendix A of this part; and
        (iii) The bank holding company is not subject to any written 
    agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action 
    directive issued by the Board to meet and maintain a specific capital 
    level for any capital measure.
        (2) Insured depository institution. In the case of an insured 
    depository institution, well-capitalized means that the institution 
    maintains at least the capital levels required to be ``well-
    capitalized'' under the capital adequacy regulations or guidelines 
    applicable to the institution that have been adopted by the appropriate 
    federal banking agency for the institution under section 38 of the 
    Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831o).
        (3) Foreign banks--(i) Standards applied. For purposes of 
    determining whether a foreign banking organization qualifies under 
    paragraph (r)(1) of this section:
        (A) A foreign banking organization whose home country supervisor, 
    as defined in Sec. 211.21 of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.21), 
    has adopted capital standards consistent in all respects with the 
    Capital Accord of the Basle Committee on Banking Supervision (Basle 
    Accord) may calculate its capital ratios under the home country 
    standard; and
        (B) A foreign banking organization whose home country supervisor 
    has not adopted capital standards consistent in all respects with the 
    Basle Accord shall obtain a determination from the Board that its 
    capital is equivalent to the capital that would be required of a U.S. 
    banking organization under paragraph (r)(1) of this section.
        (ii) Branches and agencies. For purposes of determining, under 
    paragraph (r)(1) of this section, whether a branch or agency of a 
    foreign banking organization is well-capitalized, the branch or agency 
    shall be deemed to have the same capital ratios as the foreign banking 
    organization.
        (s) Well-managed--(1) In general. A company, insured depository 
    institution, or branch or agency of a foreign banking organization is 
    well-managed if:
        (i) At its most recent inspection or examination or subsequent 
    review by the appropriate federal banking agency for the company or 
    institution, the company or institution received:
        (A) At least a satisfactory composite rating; and
        (B) At least a satisfactory rating for management and for 
    compliance, if such a rating is given; or
        (ii) In the case of a company or insured depository institution 
    that has not received an examination rating, the Board has determined, 
    after a review of the managerial and other resources of the company or 
    depository institution, that the company or institution qualifies for 
    the streamlined procedures in this subpart, and subparts B and C of 
    this part.
        (2) Foreign banking organizations. A foreign banking organization 
    shall qualify under this paragraph if the combined operations of the 
    foreign banking organization in the United States have received at 
    least a satisfactory composite rating at the most recent annual 
    assessment.
    
    
    Sec. 225.3  Administration.
    
        (a) Delegation of authority. Designated Board members and officers 
    and the
    
    [[Page 9322]]
    
    Federal Reserve Banks are authorized by the Board to exercise various 
    functions prescribed in this regulation and in the Board's Rules 
    Regarding Delegation of Authority (12 CFR part 265) and the Board's 
    Rules of Procedure (12 CFR part 262).
        (b) Appropriate Federal Reserve Bank. In administering this 
    regulation, unless a different Federal Reserve Bank is designated by 
    the Board, the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank is as follows:
        (1) For a bank holding company (or a company applying to become a 
    bank holding company): the Reserve Bank of the Federal Reserve district 
    in which the company's banking operations are principally conducted, as 
    measured by total domestic deposits in its subsidiary banks on the date 
    it became (or will become) a bank holding company;
        (2) For a foreign banking organization that has no subsidiary bank 
    and is not subject to paragraph (b)(1) of this section: the Reserve 
    Bank of the Federal Reserve district in which the total assets of the 
    organization's United States branches, agencies, and commercial lending 
    companies are the largest as of the later of January 1, 1980, or the 
    date it becomes a foreign banking organization;
        (3) For an individual or company submitting a notice under subpart 
    E of this part: The Reserve Bank of the Federal Reserve district in 
    which the banking operations of the bank holding company or state 
    member bank to be acquired are principally conducted, as measured by 
    total domestic deposits on the date the notice is filed.
    
    
    Sec. 225.4  Corporate practices.
    
        (a) Bank holding company policy and operations. (1) A bank holding 
    company shall serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to 
    its subsidiary banks and shall not conduct its operations in an unsafe 
    or unsound manner.
        (2) Whenever the Board believes an activity of a bank holding 
    company or control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank 
    subsidiary of a bank) constitutes a serious risk to the financial 
    safety, soundness, or stability of a subsidiary bank of the bank 
    holding company and is inconsistent with sound banking principles or 
    the purposes of the BHC Act or the Financial Institutions Supervisory 
    Act of 1966, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1818(b) et seq.), the Board may 
    require the bank holding company to terminate the activity or to 
    terminate control of the subsidiary, as provided in section 5(e) of the 
    BHC Act.
        (b) Purchase or redemption by bank holding company of its own 
    securities--(1) Filing notice. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(6) 
    of this section, a bank holding company shall give the Board prior 
    written notice before purchasing or redeeming its equity securities if 
    the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when aggregated 
    with the net consideration paid by the company for all such purchases 
    or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10 percent 
    or more of the company's consolidated net worth. For the purposes of 
    this section, ``net consideration'' is the gross consideration paid by 
    the company for all of its equity securities purchased or redeemed 
    during the period minus the gross consideration received for all of its 
    equity securities sold during the period.
        (2) Contents of notice. Any notice under this section shall be 
    filed with the appropriate Reserve Bank and shall contain the following 
    information:
        (i) The purpose of the transaction, a description of the securities 
    to be purchased or redeemed, the total number of each class 
    outstanding, the gross consideration to be paid, and the terms and 
    sources of funding for the transaction;
        (ii) A description of all equity securities redeemed within the 
    preceding 12 months, the net consideration paid, and the terms of any 
    debt incurred in connection with those transactions; and
        (iii) (A) If the bank holding company has consolidated assets of 
    $150 million or more, consolidated pro forma risk-based capital and 
    leverage ratio calculations for the bank holding company as of the most 
    recent quarter, and, if the redemption is to be debt funded, a parent-
    only pro forma balance sheet as of the most recent quarter; or
        (B) If the bank holding company has consolidated assets of less 
    than $150 million, a pro forma parent-only balance sheet as of the most 
    recent quarter, and, if the redemption is to be debt funded, one-year 
    income statement and cash flow projections.
        (3) Acting on notice. Within 15 calendar days of receipt of a 
    notice under this section, the appropriate Reserve Bank shall either 
    approve the transaction proposed in the notice or refer the notice to 
    the Board for decision. If the notice is referred to the Board for 
    decision, the Board shall act on the notice within 30 calendar days 
    after the Reserve Bank receives the notice.
        (4) Factors considered in acting on notice. (i) The Board may 
    disapprove a proposed purchase or redemption if it finds that the 
    proposal would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice, or would 
    violate any law, regulation, Board order, directive, or any condition 
    imposed by, or written agreement with, the Board.
        (ii) In determining whether a proposal constitutes an unsafe or 
    unsound practice, the Board shall consider whether the bank holding 
    company's financial condition, after giving effect to the proposed 
    purchase or redemption, meets the financial standards applied by the 
    Board under section 3 of the BHC Act, including the Board's Capital 
    Adequacy Guidelines (Appendix A of this part) and the Board's Policy 
    Statement for Small Bank Holding Companies (Appendix C of this part).
        (5) Disapproval and hearing. (i) The Board shall notify the bank 
    holding company in writing of the reasons for a decision to disapprove 
    any proposed purchase or redemption. Within 10 calendar days of receipt 
    of a notice of disapproval by the Board, the bank holding company may 
    submit a written request for a hearing.
        (ii) The Board shall order a hearing within 10 calendar days of 
    receipt of the request if it finds that material facts are in dispute, 
    or if it otherwise appears appropriate. Any hearing conducted under 
    this paragraph shall be held in accordance with the Board's Rules of 
    Practice for Formal Hearings (12 CFR part 263).
        (iii) At the conclusion of the hearing, the Board shall by order 
    approve or disapprove the proposed purchase or redemption on the basis 
    of the record of the hearing.
        (6) Exception for well-capitalized bank holding companies. A bank 
    holding company is not required to obtain prior Board approval for the 
    redemption or purchase of its equity securities under this section 
    provided:
        (i) Both before and immediately after the redemption, the bank 
    holding company is well-capitalized;
        (ii) The bank holding company is well-managed; and
        (iii) The bank holding company is not the subject of any unresolved 
    supervisory issues.
        (c) Deposit insurance. Every bank that is a bank holding company or 
    a subsidiary of a bank holding company shall obtain Federal Deposit 
    Insurance and shall remain an insured bank as defined in section 3(h) 
    of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(h)).
        (d) Acting as transfer agent, municipal securities dealer, or 
    clearing agent. A bank holding company or any nonbanking subsidiary 
    that is a ``bank,'' as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Securities 
    Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), and that is a transfer 
    agent of securities, a municipal securities dealer, a clearing agency, 
    or a
    
    [[Page 9323]]
    
    participant in a clearing agency (as those terms are defined in section 
    3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)), shall be 
    subject to Secs. 208.8 (f)-(j) of the Board's Regulation H (12 CFR 
    208.8 (f)-(j)) as if it were a state member bank.
        (e) Reporting requirement for credit secured by certain bank 
    holding company stock. Each executive officer or director of a bank 
    holding company the shares of which are not publicly traded shall 
    report annually to the board of directors of the bank holding company 
    the outstanding amount of any credit that was extended to the executive 
    officer or director and that is secured by shares of the bank holding 
    company. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms ``executive 
    officer'' and ``director'' shall have the meaning given in Sec. 215.2 
    of Regulation O (12 CFR 215.2).
        (f) Suspicious activity report. A bank holding company or any 
    nonbank subsidiary thereof, or a foreign bank that is subject to the 
    BHC Act or any nonbank subsidiary of such foreign bank operating in the 
    United States, shall file a suspicious activity report in accordance 
    with the provisions of Sec. 208.20 of the Board's Regulation H (12 CFR 
    208.20).
    
    
    Sec. 225.5  Registration, reports, and inspections.
    
        (a) Registration of bank holding companies. Each company shall 
    register within 180 days after becoming a bank holding company by 
    furnishing information in the manner and form prescribed by the Board. 
    A company that receives the Board's prior approval under subpart B of 
    this part to become a bank holding company may complete this 
    registration requirement through submission of its first annual report 
    to the Board as required by paragraph (b) of this section.
        (b) Reports of bank holding companies. Each bank holding company 
    shall furnish, in the manner and form prescribed by the Board, an 
    annual report of the company's operations for the fiscal year in which 
    it becomes a bank holding company, and for each fiscal year during 
    which it remains a bank holding company. Additional information and 
    reports shall be furnished as the Board may require.
        (c) Examinations and inspections. The Board may examine or inspect 
    any bank holding company and each of its subsidiaries and prepare a 
    report of their operations and activities. With respect to a foreign 
    banking organization, the Board may also examine any branch or agency 
    of a foreign bank in any state of the United States and may examine or 
    inspect each of the organization's subsidiaries in the United States 
    and prepare reports of their operations and activities. The Board shall 
    rely, as far as possible, on the reports of examination made by the 
    primary federal or state supervisor of the subsidiary bank of the bank 
    holding company or of the branch or agency of the foreign bank.
    
    
    Sec. 225.6  Penalties for violations.
    
        (a) Criminal and civil penalties. (1) Section 8 of the BHC Act 
    provides criminal penalties for willful violation, and civil penalties 
    for violation, by any company or individual, of the BHC Act or any 
    regulation or order issued under it, or for making a false entry in any 
    book, report, or statement of a bank holding company.
        (2) Civil money penalty assessments for violations of the BHC Act 
    shall be made in accordance with subpart C of the Board's Rules of 
    Practice for Hearings (12 CFR part 263, subpart C). For any willful 
    violation of the Bank Control Act or any regulation or order issued 
    under it, the Board may assess a civil penalty as provided in 12 U.S.C. 
    1817(j)(15).
        (b) Cease-and-desist proceedings. For any violation of the BHC Act, 
    the Bank Control Act, this regulation, or any order or notice issued 
    thereunder, the Board may institute a cease-and-desist proceeding in 
    accordance with the Financial Institutions Supervisory Act of 1966, as 
    amended (12 U.S.C. 1818(b) et seq.).
    
    
    Sec. 225.7  Exceptions to tying restrictions.
    
        (a) Purpose. This section establishes exceptions to the anti-tying 
    restrictions of section 106 of the Bank Holding Company Act Amendments 
    of 1970 (12 U.S.C. 1971, 1972(1)). These exceptions are in addition to 
    those in section 106. The section also restricts tying of electronic 
    benefit transfer services by bank holding companies and their nonbank 
    subsidiaries.
        (b) Exceptions to statute. Subject to the limitations of paragraph 
    (c) of this section, a bank may:
        (1) Extension to affiliates of statutory exceptions preserving 
    traditional banking relationships. Extend credit, lease or sell 
    property of any kind, or furnish any service, or fix or vary the 
    consideration for any of the foregoing, on the condition or requirement 
    that a customer:
        (i) Obtain a loan, discount, deposit, or trust service from an 
    affiliate of the bank; or
        (ii) Provide to an affiliate of the bank some additional credit, 
    property, or service that the bank could require to be provided to 
    itself pursuant to section 106(b)(1)(C) of the Bank Holding Company Act 
    Amendments of 1970 (12 U.S.C. 1972(1)(C)).
        (2) Safe harbor for combined-balance discounts. Vary the 
    consideration for any product or package of products based on a 
    customer's maintaining a combined minimum balance in certain products 
    specified by the bank (eligible products), if:
        (i) The bank offers deposits, and all such deposits are eligible 
    products; and
        (ii) Balances in deposits count at least as much as nondeposit 
    products toward the minimum balance.
        (3) Safe harbor for foreign transactions. Engage in any transaction 
    with a customer if that customer is:
        (i) A corporation, business, or other person (other than an 
    individual) that:
        (A) Is incorporated, chartered, or otherwise organized outside the 
    United States; and
        (B) Has its principal place of business outside the United States; 
    or
        (ii) An individual who is a citizen of a foreign country and is not 
    resident in the United States.
        (c) Limitations on exceptions. Any exception granted pursuant to 
    this section shall terminate upon a finding by the Board that the 
    arrangement is resulting in anti-competitive practices. The eligibility 
    of a bank to operate under any exception granted pursuant to this 
    section shall terminate upon a finding by the Board that its exercise 
    of this authority is resulting in anti-competitive practices.
        (d) Extension of statute to electronic benefit transfer services. A 
    bank holding company or nonbank subsidiary of a bank holding company 
    that provides electronic benefit transfer services shall be subject to 
    the anti-tying restrictions applicable to such services set forth in 
    section 7(i)(11) of the Food Stamp Act of 1977 (7 U.S.C. 2016(i)(11)).
        (e) For purposes of this section, bank has the meaning given that 
    term in section 106(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act Amendments of 
    1970 (12 U.S.C. 1971), but shall also include a United States branch, 
    agency, or commercial lending company subsidiary of a foreign bank that 
    is subject to section 106 pursuant to section 8(d) of the International 
    Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106(d)), and any company made subject 
    to section 106 by section 4(f)(9) or 4(h) of the BHC Act.
        3. Subpart B is revised to read as follows:
    
    [[Page 9324]]
    
    Subpart B--Acquisition of Bank Securities or Assets
    
    Sec.
    225.11  Transactions requiring Board approval.
    225.12  Transactions not requiring Board approval.
    225.13  Factors considered in acting on bank acquisition proposals.
    225.14  Expedited action for certain bank acquisitions by well-run 
    bank holding companies.
    225.15  Procedures for other bank acquisition proposals.
    225.16  Public notice, comments, hearings, and other provisions 
    governing applications and notices.
    225.17  Notice procedure for one-bank holding company formations.
    
    Subpart B--Acquisition of Bank Securities or Assets
    
    
    Sec. 225.11  Transactions requiring Board approval
    
        The following transactions require the Board's prior approval under 
    section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act except as exempted under 
    Sec. 225.12 or as otherwise covered by Sec. 225.17 of this subpart:
        (a) Formation of bank holding company. Any action that causes a 
    bank or other company to become a bank holding company.
        (b) Acquisition of subsidiary bank. Any action that causes a bank 
    to become a subsidiary of a bank holding company.
        (c) Acquisition of control of bank or bank holding company 
    securities.
        (1) The acquisition by a bank holding company of direct or indirect 
    ownership or control of any voting securities of a bank or bank holding 
    company, if the acquisition results in the company's control of more 
    than 5 percent of the outstanding shares of any class of voting 
    securities of the bank or bank holding company.
        (2) An acquisition includes the purchase of additional securities 
    through the exercise of preemptive rights, but does not include 
    securities received in a stock dividend or stock split that does not 
    alter the bank holding company's proportional share of any class of 
    voting securities.
        (d) Acquisition of bank assets. The acquisition by a bank holding 
    company or by a subsidiary thereof (other than a bank) of all or 
    substantially all of the assets of a bank.
        (e) Merger of bank holding companies. The merger or consolidation 
    of bank holding companies, including a merger through the purchase of 
    assets and assumption of liabilities.
        (f) Transactions by foreign banking organization. Any transaction 
    described in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section by a foreign 
    banking organization that involves the acquisition of an interest in a 
    U.S. bank or in a bank holding company for which application would be 
    required if the foreign banking organization were a bank holding 
    company.
    
    
    Sec. 225.12  Transactions not requiring Board approval.
    
        The following transactions do not require the Board's approval 
    under Sec. 225.11 of this subpart:
        (a) Acquisition of securities in fiduciary capacity. The 
    acquisition by a bank or other company (other than a trust that is a 
    company) of control of voting securities of a bank or bank holding 
    company in good faith in a fiduciary capacity, unless:
        (1) The acquiring bank or other company has sole discretionary 
    authority to vote the securities and retains this authority for more 
    than two years; or
        (2) The acquisition is for the benefit of the acquiring bank or 
    other company, or its shareholders, employees, or subsidiaries.
        (b) Acquisition of securities in satisfaction of debts previously 
    contracted. The acquisition by a bank or other company of control of 
    voting securities of a bank or bank holding company in the regular 
    course of securing or collecting a debt previously contracted in good 
    faith, if the acquiring bank or other company divests the securities 
    within two years of acquisition. The Board or Reserve Bank may grant 
    requests for up to three one-year extensions.
        (c) Acquisition of securities by bank holding company with majority 
    control. The acquisition by a bank holding company of additional voting 
    securities of a bank or bank holding company if more than 50 percent of 
    the outstanding voting securities of the bank or bank holding company 
    is lawfully controlled by the acquiring bank holding company prior to 
    the acquisition.
        (d) Acquisitions involving bank mergers and internal corporate 
    reorganizations--(1) Transactions subject to Bank Merger Act. The 
    merger or consolidation of a subsidiary bank of a bank holding company 
    with another bank, or the purchase of assets by the subsidiary bank, or 
    a similar transaction involving subsidiary banks of a bank holding 
    company, if the transaction requires the prior approval of a federal 
    supervisory agency under the Bank Merger Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(c)) and 
    does not involve the acquisition of shares of a bank. This exception 
    does not include:
        (i) The merger of a nonsubsidiary bank and a nonoperating 
    subsidiary bank formed by a company for the purpose of acquiring the 
    nonsubsidiary bank; or
        (ii) Any transaction requiring the Board's prior approval under 
    Sec. 225.11(e) of this subpart.
        The Board may require an application under this subpart if it 
    determines that the merger or consolidation would have a significant 
    adverse impact on the financial condition of the bank holding company, 
    or otherwise requires approval under section 3 of the BHC Act.
        (2) Certain acquisitions subject to Bank Merger Act. The 
    acquisition by a bank holding company of shares of a bank or company 
    controlling a bank or the merger of a company controlling a bank with 
    the bank holding company, if the transaction is part of the merger or 
    consolidation of the bank with a subsidiary bank (other than a 
    nonoperating subsidiary bank) of the acquiring bank holding company, or 
    is part of the purchase of substantially all of the assets of the bank 
    by a subsidiary bank (other than a nonoperating subsidiary bank) of the 
    acquiring bank holding company, and if:
        (i) The bank merger, consolidation, or asset purchase occurs 
    simultaneously with the acquisition of the shares of the bank or bank 
    holding company or the merger of holding companies, and the bank is not 
    operated by the acquiring bank holding company as a separate entity 
    other than as the survivor of the merger, consolidation, or asset 
    purchase;
        (ii) The transaction requires the prior approval of a federal 
    supervisory agency under the Bank Merger Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(c));
        (iii) The transaction does not involve the acquisition of any 
    nonbank company that would require prior approval under section 4 of 
    the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843);
        (iv) Both before and after the transaction, the acquiring bank 
    holding company meets the Board's Capital Adequacy Guidelines 
    (Appendixes A, B, C, D, and E of this part);
        (v) At least 10 days prior to the transaction, the acquiring bank 
    holding company has provided to the Reserve Bank written notice of the 
    transaction that contains:
        (A) A copy of the filing made to the appropriate federal banking 
    agency under the Bank Merger Act; and
        (B) A description of the holding company's involvement in the 
    transaction, the purchase price, and the source of funding for the 
    purchase price; and
        (vi) Prior to expiration of the period provided in paragraph 
    (d)(2)(v) of this section, the Reserve Bank has not
    
    [[Page 9325]]
    
    informed the bank holding company that an application under Sec. 225.11 
    is required.
        (3) Internal corporate reorganizations. (i) Subject to paragraph 
    (d)(3)(ii) of this section, any of the following transactions performed 
    in the United States by a bank holding company:
        (A) The merger of holding companies that are subsidiaries of the 
    bank holding company;
        (B) The formation of a subsidiary holding company; 1
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\  In the case of a transaction that results in the formation 
    or designation of a new bank holding company, the new bank holding 
    company must complete the registration requirements described in 
    Sec. 225.5.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (C) The transfer of control or ownership of a subsidiary bank or a 
    subsidiary holding company between one subsidiary holding company and 
    another subsidiary holding company or the bank holding company.
        (ii) A transaction described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section 
    qualifies for this exception if:
        (A) The transaction represents solely a corporate reorganization 
    involving companies and insured depository institutions that, both 
    preceding and following the transaction, are lawfully controlled and 
    operated by the bank holding company;
        (B) The transaction does not involve the acquisition of additional 
    voting shares of an insured depository institution that, prior to the 
    transaction, was less than majority owned by the bank holding company;
        (C) The bank holding company is not organized in mutual form; and
        (D) Both before and after the transaction, the bank holding company 
    meets the Board's Capital Adequacy Guidelines (Appendixes A, B, C, D, 
    and E of this part).
        (e) Holding securities in escrow. The holding of any voting 
    securities of a bank or bank holding company in an escrow arrangement 
    for the benefit of an applicant pending the Board's action on an 
    application for approval of the proposed acquisition, if title to the 
    securities and the voting rights remain with the seller and payment for 
    the securities has not been made to the seller.
        (f) Acquisition of foreign banking organization. The acquisition of 
    a foreign banking organization where the foreign banking organization 
    does not directly or indirectly own or control a bank in the United 
    States, unless the acquisition is also by a foreign banking 
    organization and otherwise subject to Sec. 225.11(f) of this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 225.13  Factors considered in acting on bank acquisition 
    proposals.
    
        (a) Factors requiring denial. As specified in section 3(c) of the 
    BHC Act, the Board may not approve any application under this subpart 
    if:
        (1) The transaction would result in a monopoly or would further any 
    combination or conspiracy to monopolize, or to attempt to monopolize, 
    the business of banking in any part of the United States;
        (2) The effect of the transaction may be substantially to lessen 
    competition in any section of the country, tend to create a monopoly, 
    or in any other manner be in restraint of trade, unless the Board finds 
    that the transaction's anti-competitive effects are clearly outweighed 
    by its probable effect in meeting the convenience and needs of the 
    community;
        (3) The applicant has failed to provide the Board with adequate 
    assurances that it will make available such information on its 
    operations or activities, and the operations or activities of any 
    affiliate of the applicant, that the Board deems appropriate to 
    determine and enforce compliance with the BHC Act and other applicable 
    federal banking statutes, and any regulations thereunder; or
        (4) In the case of an application involving a foreign banking 
    organization, the foreign banking organization is not subject to 
    comprehensive supervision or regulation on a consolidated basis by the 
    appropriate authorities in its home country, as provided in 
    Sec. 211.24(c)(1)(ii) of the Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 
    211.24(c)(1)(ii)).
        (b) Other factors. In deciding applications under this subpart, the 
    Board also considers the following factors with respect to the 
    applicant, its subsidiaries, any banks related to the applicant through 
    common ownership or management, and the bank or banks to be acquired:
        (1) Financial condition. Their financial condition and future 
    prospects, including whether current and projected capital positions 
    and levels of indebtedness conform to standards and policies 
    established by the Board.
        (2) Managerial resources. The competence, experience, and integrity 
    of the officers, directors, and principal shareholders of the 
    applicant, its subsidiaries, and the banks and bank holding companies 
    concerned; their record of compliance with laws and regulations; and 
    the record of the applicant and its affiliates of fulfilling any 
    commitments to, and any conditions imposed by, the Board in connection 
    with prior applications.
        (3) Convenience and needs of community. The convenience and needs 
    of the communities to be served, including the record of performance 
    under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq.) 
    and regulations issued thereunder, including the Board's Regulation BB 
    (12 CFR part 228).
        (c) Interstate transactions. The Board may approve any application 
    or notice under this subpart by a bank holding company to acquire 
    control of all or substantially all of the assets of a bank located in 
    a state other than the home state of the bank holding company, without 
    regard to whether the transaction is prohibited under the law of any 
    state, if the transaction complies with the requirements of section 
    3(d) of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(d)).
        (d) Conditional approvals. The Board may impose conditions on any 
    approval, including conditions to address competitive, financial, 
    managerial, safety and soundness, convenience and needs, compliance or 
    other concerns, to ensure that approval is consistent with the relevant 
    statutory factors and other provisions of the BHC Act.
    
    
    Sec. 225.14  Expedited action for certain bank acquisitions by well-run 
    bank holding companies.
    
        (a) Filing of notice--(1) Information required and public notice. 
    As an alternative to the procedure provided in Sec. 225.15, a bank 
    holding company that meets the requirements of paragraph (c) of this 
    section may satisfy the prior approval requirements of Sec. 225.11 in 
    connection with the acquisition of shares, assets or control of a bank, 
    or a merger or consolidation between bank holding companies, by 
    providing the appropriate Reserve Bank with a written notice containing 
    the following:
        (i) A certification that all of the criteria in paragraph (c) of 
    this section are met;
        (ii) A description of the transaction that includes identification 
    of the companies and insured depository institutions involved in the 
    transaction 2 and identification of each banking market affected 
    by the transaction;
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \2\ If, in connection with a transaction under this subpart, any 
    person or group of persons proposes to acquire control of the 
    acquiring bank holding company for purposes of the Bank Control Act 
    or Sec. 225.41, the person or group of persons may fulfill the 
    notice requirements of the Bank Control Act and Sec. 225.43 by 
    providing, as part of the submission by the acquiring bank holding 
    company under this subpart, identifying and biographical information 
    required in paragraph (6)(A) of the Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 
    1817(j)(6)(A)), as well as any financial or other information 
    requested by the Reserve Bank under Sec. 225.43.
    
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 9326]]
    
        (iii) A description of the effect of the transaction on the 
    convenience and needs of the communities to be served and of the 
    actions being taken by the bank holding company to improve the CRA 
    performance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that does 
    not have at least a satisfactory CRA performance rating at the time of 
    the transaction;
        (iv) Evidence that notice of the proposal has been published in 
    accordance with Sec. 225.16(b)(1);
        (v)(A) If the bank holding company has consolidated assets of $150 
    million or more, an abbreviated consolidated pro forma balance sheet as 
    of the most recent quarter showing credit and debit adjustments that 
    reflect the proposed transaction, consolidated pro forma risk-based 
    capital ratios for the acquiring bank holding company as of the most 
    recent quarter, and a description of the purchase price and the terms 
    and sources of funding for the transaction;
        (B) If the bank holding company has consolidated assets of less 
    than $150 million, a pro forma parent-only balance sheet as of the most 
    recent quarter showing credit and debit adjustments that reflect the 
    proposed transaction, and a description of the purchase price, the 
    terms and sources of funding for the transaction, and the sources and 
    schedule for retiring any debt incurred in the transaction;
        (vi) If the bank holding company has consolidated assets of less 
    than $300 million, a list of and biographical information regarding any 
    directors or senior executive officers of the resulting bank holding 
    company that are not directors or senior executive officers of the 
    acquiring bank holding company or of a company or institution to be 
    acquired;
        (vii) For each insured depository institution whose Tier 1 capital, 
    total capital, total assets or risk-weighted assets change as a result 
    of the transaction, the total risk-weighted assets, total assets, Tier 
    1 capital and total capital of the institution on a pro forma basis; 
    and
        (viii) The market indexes for each relevant banking market 
    reflecting the pro forma effect of the transaction.
        (2) Waiver of unnecessary information. The Reserve Bank may reduce 
    the information requirements in paragraph (a)(1)(v) through (viii) of 
    this section as appropriate.
        (b)(1) Action on proposals under this section. The Board or the 
    appropriate Reserve Bank shall act on a proposal submitted under this 
    section or notify the bank holding company that the transaction is 
    subject to the procedure in Sec. 225.15 within 5 business days after 
    the close of the public comment period. The Board and the Reserve Bank 
    shall not approve any proposal under this section prior to the third 
    business day following the close of the public comment period, unless 
    an emergency exists that requires expedited or immediate action. The 
    Board may extend the period for action under this section for up to 5 
    business days.
        (2) Acceptance of notice in event expedited procedure not 
    available. In the event that the Board or the Reserve Bank determines 
    after the filing of a notice under this section that a bank holding 
    company may not use the procedure in this section and must file an 
    application under Sec. 225.15, the application shall be deemed accepted 
    for purposes of Sec. 225.15 as of the date that the notice was filed 
    under this section.
        (c) Criteria for use of expedited procedure. The procedure in this 
    section is available only if:
        (1) Well-capitalized organization--(i) Bank holding company. Both 
    at the time of and immediately after the proposed transaction, the 
    acquiring bank holding company is well-capitalized;
        (ii) Insured depository institutions. Both at the time of and 
    immediately after the proposed transaction:
        (A) The lead insured depository institution of the acquiring bank 
    holding company is well-capitalized;
        (B) Well-capitalized insured depository institutions control at 
    least 80 percent of the total risk-weighted assets of insured 
    depository institutions controlled by the acquiring bank holding 
    company; and
        (C) No insured depository institution controlled by the acquiring 
    bank holding company is undercapitalized;
        (2) Well-managed organization. (i) Satisfactory examination 
    ratings. At the time of the transaction, the acquiring bank holding 
    company, its lead insured depository institution, and insured 
    depository institutions that control at least 80 percent of the total 
    risk-weighted assets of insured depository institutions controlled by 
    the holding company are well-managed;
        (ii) No poorly managed institutions. No insured depository 
    institution controlled by the acquiring bank holding company has 
    received 1 of the 2 lowest composite ratings at the later of the 
    institution's most recent examination or subsequent review by the 
    appropriate federal banking agency for the institution;
        (iii) Recently acquired institutions excluded. Any insured 
    depository institution that has been acquired by the bank holding 
    company during the 12-month period preceding the date on which written 
    notice is filed under paragraph (a) of this section may be excluded for 
    purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section if :
        (A) The bank holding company has developed a plan acceptable to the 
    appropriate federal banking agency for the institution to restore the 
    capital and management of the institution; and
        (B) All insured depository institutions excluded under this 
    paragraph represent, in the aggregate, less than 10 percent of the 
    aggregate total risk-weighted assets of all insured depository 
    institutions controlled by the bank holding company;
        (3) Convenience and needs criteria--(i) Effect on the community. 
    The record indicates that the proposed transaction would meet the 
    convenience and needs of the community standard in the BHC Act; and
        (ii) Established CRA performance record. At the time of the 
    transaction, the lead insured depository institution of the acquiring 
    bank holding company and insured depository institutions that control 
    at least 80 percent of the total risk-weighted assets of insured 
    institutions controlled by the holding company have received a 
    satisfactory or better composite rating at the most recent examination 
    under the Community Reinvestment Act;
        (4) Public comment. No comment that is timely and substantive as 
    provided in Sec. 225.16 is received by the Board or the appropriate 
    Reserve Bank other than a comment that supports approval of the 
    proposal;
        (5) Competitive criteria--(i) Competitive screen. Without regard to 
    any divestitures proposed by the acquiring bank holding company, the 
    acquisition does not cause:
        (A) Insured depository institutions controlled by the acquiring 
    bank holding company to control in excess of 35 percent of market 
    deposits in any relevant banking market; or
        (B) The Herfindahl-Hirschman index to increase by more than 200 
    points in any relevant banking market with a post-acquisition index of 
    at least 1800; and
        (ii) Department of Justice. The Department of Justice has not 
    indicated to the Board that consummation of the transaction is likely 
    to have a significantly adverse effect on competition in any relevant 
    banking market;
        (6) Size of acquisition--(i) In general--(A) Limited Growth. Except 
    as provided in paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this section, the sum of the 
    aggregate risk-weighted assets to be acquired in the proposal and the 
    aggregate risk-
    
    [[Page 9327]]
    
    weighted assets acquired by the acquiring bank holding company in all 
    other qualifying transactions does not exceed 35 percent of the 
    consolidated risk-weighted assets of the acquiring bank holding 
    company. For purposes of this paragraph other qualifying transactions 
    means any transaction approved under this section or Sec. 225.23 during 
    the 12 months prior to filing the notice under this section; and
        (B) Individual size limitation. The total risk-weighted assets to 
    be acquired do not exceed $7.5 billion;
        (ii) Small bank holding companies. Paragraph (c)(6)(i)(A) of this 
    section shall not apply if, immediately following consummation of the 
    proposed transaction, the consolidated risk-weighted assets of the 
    acquiring bank holding company are less than $300 million;
        (7) Supervisory actions. During the 12-month period ending on the 
    date on which the bank holding company proposes to consummate the 
    proposed transaction, no formal administrative order, including a 
    written agreement, cease and desist order, capital directive, prompt 
    corrective action directive, asset maintenance agreement, or other 
    formal enforcement action, is or was outstanding against the bank 
    holding company or any insured depository institution subsidiary of the 
    holding company, and no formal administrative enforcement proceeding 
    involving any such enforcement action, order, or directive is or was 
    pending;
        (8) Interstate acquisitions. Board-approval of the transaction is 
    not prohibited under section 3(d) of the BHC Act;
        (9) Other supervisory considerations. Board approval of the 
    transaction is not prohibited under the informational sufficiency or 
    comprehensive home country supervision standards set forth in section 
    3(c)(3) of the BHC Act; and
        (10) Notification. The acquiring bank holding company has not been 
    notified by the Board, in its discretion, prior to the expiration of 
    the period in paragraph (b)(1) of this section that an application 
    under Sec. 225.15 is required in order to permit closer review of any 
    financial, managerial, competitive, convenience and needs or other 
    matter related to the factors that must be considered under this part.
        (d) Comment by primary banking supervisor--(1) Notice. Upon receipt 
    of a notice under this section, the appropriate Reserve Bank shall 
    promptly furnish notice of the proposal and a copy of the information 
    filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section to the primary banking 
    supervisor of the insured depository institutions to be acquired.
        (2) Comment period. The primary banking supervisor shall have 30 
    calendar days (or such shorter time as agreed to by the primary banking 
    supervisor) from the date of the letter giving notice in which to 
    submit its views and recommendations to the Board.
        (3) Action subject to supervisor's comment. Action by the Board or 
    the Reserve Bank on a proposal under this section is subject to the 
    condition that the primary banking supervisor not recommend in writing 
    to the Board disapproval of the proposal prior to the expiration of the 
    comment period described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. In such 
    event, any approval given under this section shall be revoked and, if 
    required by section 3(b) of the BHC Act, the Board shall order a 
    hearing on the proposal.
        (4) Emergencies. Notwithstanding paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of 
    this section, the Board may provide the primary banking supervisor with 
    10 calendar days' notice of a proposal under this section if the Board 
    finds that an emergency exists requiring expeditious action, and may 
    act during the notice period or without providing notice to the primary 
    banking supervisor if the Board finds that it must act immediately to 
    prevent probable failure.
        (5) Primary banking supervisor. For purposes of this section and 
    Sec. 225.15(b), the primary banking supervisor for an institution is:
        (i) The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, in the case of a 
    national banking association or District bank;
        (ii) The appropriate supervisory authority for the State in which 
    the bank is chartered, in the case of a State bank;
        (iii) The Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, in the case 
    of a savings association.
        (e) Branches and agencies of foreign banking organizations. For 
    purposes of this section, a U.S. branch or agency of a foreign banking 
    organization shall be considered to be an insured depository 
    institution. A U.S. branch or agency of a foreign banking organization 
    shall be subject to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section only to the 
    extent it is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in 
    accordance with section 6 of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 
    U.S.C. 3104).
    
    
    Sec. 225.15  Procedures for other bank acquisition proposals.
    
        (a) Filing application. Except as provided in Sec. 225.14, an 
    application for the Board's prior approval under this subpart shall be 
    governed by the provisions of this section and shall be filed with the 
    appropriate Reserve Bank on the designated form.
        (b) Notice to primary banking supervisor. Upon receipt of an 
    application under this subpart, the Reserve Bank shall promptly furnish 
    notice and a copy of the application to the primary banking supervisor 
    of each bank to be acquired. The primary supervisor shall have 30 
    calendar days from the date of the letter giving notice in which to 
    submit its views and recommendations to the Board.
        (c) Accepting application for processing. Within 7 calendar days 
    after the Reserve Bank receives an application under this section, the 
    Reserve Bank shall accept it for processing as of the date the 
    application was filed or return the application if it is substantially 
    incomplete. Upon accepting an application, the Reserve Bank shall 
    immediately send copies to the Board. The Reserve Bank or the Board may 
    request additional information necessary to complete the record of an 
    application at any time after accepting the application for processing.
        (d) Action on applications--(1) Action under delegated authority. 
    The Reserve Bank shall approve an application under this section within 
    30 calendar days after the acceptance date for the application, unless 
    the Reserve Bank, upon notice to the applicant, refers the application 
    to the Board for decision because action under delegated authority is 
    not appropriate.
        (2) Board action. The Board shall act on an application under this 
    subpart that is referred to it for decision within 60 calendar days 
    after the acceptance date for the application, unless the Board 
    notifies the applicant that the 60-day period is being extended for a 
    specified period and states the reasons for the extension. In no event 
    may the extension exceed the 91-day period provided in Sec. 225.16(f). 
    The Board may, at any time, request additional information that it 
    believes is necessary for its decision.
    
    
    Sec. 225.16  Public notice, comments, hearings, and other provisions 
    governing applications and notices.
    
        (a) In general. The provisions of this section apply to all notices 
    and applications filed under Sec. 225.14 and Sec. 225.15.
        (b) Public notice--(1) Newspaper publication--(i) Location of 
    publication. In the case of each notice or application submitted under 
    Sec. 225.14 or Sec. 225.15, the applicant shall publish a notice in a 
    newspaper of general circulation, in
    
    [[Page 9328]]
    
    the form and at the locations specified in Sec. 262.3 of the Rules of 
    Procedure (12 CFR 262.3);
        (ii) Contents of notice. A newspaper notice under this paragraph 
    shall provide an opportunity for interested persons to comment on the 
    proposal for a period of at least 30 calendar days;
        (iii) Timing of publication. Each newspaper notice published in 
    connection with a proposal under this paragraph shall be published no 
    more than 15 calendar days before and no later than 7 calendar days 
    following the date that a notice or application is filed with the 
    appropriate Reserve Bank.
        (2) Federal Register notice. (i) Publication by Board. Upon receipt 
    of a notice or application under Sec. 225.14 or Sec. 225.15, the Board 
    shall promptly publish notice of the proposal in the Federal Register 
    and shall provide an opportunity for interested persons to comment on 
    the proposal for a period of no more than 30 days;
        (ii) Request for advance publication. A bank holding company may 
    request that, during the 15-day period prior to filing a notice or 
    application under Sec. 225.14 or Sec. 225.15, the Board publish notice 
    of a proposal in the Federal Register. A request for advance Federal 
    Register publication shall be made in writing to the appropriate 
    Reserve Bank and shall contain the identifying information prescribed 
    by the Board for Federal Register publication;
        (3) Waiver or shortening of notice. The Board may waive or shorten 
    the required notice periods under this section if the Board determines 
    that an emergency exists requiring expeditious action on the proposal, 
    or if the Board finds that immediate action is necessary to prevent the 
    probable failure of an insured depository institution.
        (c) Public comment--(1) Timely comments. Interested persons may 
    submit information and comments regarding a proposal filed under this 
    subpart. A comment shall be considered timely for purposes of this 
    subpart if the comment, together with all supplemental information, is 
    submitted in writing in accordance with the Board's Rules of Procedure 
    and received by the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank prior to the 
    expiration of the latest public comment period provided in paragraph 
    (b) of this section.
        (2) Extension of comment period--(i) In general. The Board may, in 
    its discretion, extend the public comment period regarding any proposal 
    submitted under this subpart.
        (ii) Requests in connection with obtaining application or notice. 
    In the event that an interested person has requested a copy of a notice 
    or application submitted under this subpart, the Board may, in its 
    discretion and based on the facts and circumstances, grant such person 
    an extension of the comment period for up to 15 calendar days.
        (iii) Joint requests by interested person and acquiring company. 
    The Board will grant a joint request by an interested person and the 
    acquiring bank holding company for an extension of the comment period 
    for a reasonable period for a purpose related to the statutory factors 
    the Board must consider under this subpart.
        (3) Substantive comment. A comment will be considered substantive 
    for purposes of this subpart unless it involves individual complaints, 
    or raises frivolous, previously-considered or wholly unsubstantiated 
    claims or irrelevant issues.
        (d) Notice to Attorney General. The Board or Reserve Bank shall 
    immediately notify the United States Attorney General of approval of 
    any notice or application under Sec. 225.14 or Sec. 225.15.
        (e) Hearings. As provided in section 3(b) of the BHC Act, the Board 
    shall order a hearing on any application or notice under Sec. 225.15 if 
    the Board receives from the primary supervisor of the bank to be 
    acquired, within the 30-day period specified in Sec. 225.15(b), a 
    written recommendation of disapproval of an application. The Board may 
    order a formal or informal hearing or other proceeding on the 
    application or notice, as provided in Sec. 262.3(i)(2) of the Board's 
    Rules of Procedure. Any request for a hearing (other than from the 
    primary supervisor) shall comply with Sec. 262.3(e) of the Rules of 
    Procedure (12 CFR 262.3(e)).
        (f) Approval through failure to act--(1) Ninety-one day rule. An 
    application or notice under Sec. 225.14 or Sec. 225.15 shall be deemed 
    approved if the Board fails to act on the application or notice within 
    91 calendar days after the date of submission to the Board of the 
    complete record on the application. For this purpose, the Board acts 
    when it issues an order stating that the Board has approved or denied 
    the application or notice, reflecting the votes of the members of the 
    Board, and indicating that a statement of the reasons for the decision 
    will follow promptly.
        (2) Complete record. For the purpose of computing the commencement 
    of the 91-day period, the record is complete on the latest of:
        (i) The date of receipt by the Board of an application or notice 
    that has been accepted by the Reserve Bank;
        (ii) The last day provided in any notice for receipt of comments 
    and hearing requests on the application or notice;
        (iii) The date of receipt by the Board of the last relevant 
    material regarding the application or notice that is needed for the 
    Board's decision, if the material is received from a source outside of 
    the Federal Reserve System; or
        (iv) The date of completion of any hearing or other proceeding.
        (g) Exceptions to notice and hearing requirements.
        (1) Probable bank failure. If the Board finds it must act 
    immediately on an application or notice in order to prevent the 
    probable failure of a bank or bank holding company, the Board may 
    modify or dispense with the notice and hearing requirements of this 
    section.
        (2) Emergency. If the Board finds that, although immediate action 
    on an application or notice is not necessary, an emergency exists 
    requiring expeditious action, the Board shall provide the primary 
    supervisor 10 days to submit its recommendation. The Board may act on 
    such an application or notice without a hearing and may modify or 
    dispense with the other notice and hearing requirements of this 
    section.
        (h) Waiting period. A transaction approved under Sec. 225.14 or 
    Sec. 225.15 shall not be consummated until 30 days after the date of 
    approval of the application, except that a transaction may be 
    consummated:
        (1) Immediately upon approval, if the Board has determined under 
    paragraph (g) of this section that the application or notice involves a 
    probable bank failure;
        (2) On or after the 5th calendar day following the date of 
    approval, if the Board has determined under paragraph (g) of this 
    section that an emergency exists requiring expeditious action; or
        (3) On or after the 15th calendar day following the date of 
    approval, if the Board has not received any adverse comments from the 
    United States Attorney General relating to the competitive factors and 
    the Attorney General has consented to the shorter waiting period.
    
    
    Sec. 225.17  Notice procedure for one-bank holding company formations.
    
        (a) Transactions that qualify under this section. An acquisition by 
    a company of control of a bank may be consummated 30 days after 
    providing notice to the appropriate Reserve Bank in accordance with 
    paragraph (b) of this section, provided that all of the following 
    conditions are met:
        (1) The shareholder or shareholders who control at least 67 percent 
    of the shares of the bank will control, immediately after the 
    reorganization, at
    
    [[Page 9329]]
    
    least 67 percent of the shares of the holding company in substantially 
    the same proportion, except for changes in shareholders' interests 
    resulting from the exercise of dissenting shareholders' rights under 
    state or federal law; 3
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \3\ A shareholder of a bank in reorganization will be considered 
    to have the same proportional interest in the holding company if the 
    shareholder interest increases, on a pro rata basis, as a result of 
    either the redemption of shares from dissenting shareholders by the 
    bank or bank holding company, or the acquisition of shares of 
    dissenting shareholders by the remaining shareholders.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (2) No shareholder, or group of shareholders acting in concert, 
    will, following the reorganization, own or control 10 percent or more 
    of any class of voting shares of the bank holding company, unless that 
    shareholder or group of shareholders was authorized, after review under 
    the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) by the 
    appropriate federal banking agency for the bank, to own or control 10 
    percent or more of any class of voting shares of the bank; 4
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \4\ This procedure is not available in cases in which the 
    exercise of dissenting shareholders' rights would cause a company 
    that is not a bank holding company (other than the company in 
    formation) to be required to register as a bank holding company. 
    This procedure also is not available for the formation of a bank 
    holding company organized in mutual form.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (3) The bank is adequately capitalized (as defined in section 38 of 
    the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831o));
        (4) The bank received at least a composite ``satisfactory'' rating 
    at its most recent examination, in the event that the bank was 
    examined;
        (5) At the time of the reorganization, neither the bank nor any of 
    its officers, directors, or principal shareholders is involved in any 
    unresolved supervisory or enforcement matters with any appropriate 
    federal banking agency;
        (6) The company demonstrates that any debt that it incurs at the 
    time of the reorganization, and the proposed means of retiring this 
    debt, will not place undue burden on the holding company or its 
    subsidiary on a pro forma basis; 5
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \5\ For a banking organization with consolidated assets, on a 
    pro forma basis, of less than $150 million (other than a banking 
    organization that will control a de novo bank), this requirement is 
    satisfied if the proposal complies with the Board's policy statement 
    on small bank holding companies (Appendix C of this part).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (7) The holding company will not, as a result of the 
    reorganization, acquire control of any additional bank or engage in any 
    activities other than those of managing and controlling banks; and
        (8) During this period, neither the appropriate Reserve Bank nor 
    the Board objected to the proposal or required the filing of an 
    application under Sec. 225.15 of this subpart.
        (b) Contents of notice. A notice filed under this paragraph shall 
    include:
        (1) Certification by the notificant's board of directors that the 
    requirements of 12 U.S.C. 1842(a)(C) and this section are met by the 
    proposal;
        (2) A list identifying all principal shareholders of the bank prior 
    to the reorganization and of the holding company following the 
    reorganization, and specifying the percentage of shares held by each 
    principal shareholder in the bank and proposed to be held in the new 
    holding company;
        (3) A description of the resulting management of the proposed bank 
    holding company and its subsidiary bank, including:
        (i) Biographical information regarding any senior officers and 
    directors of the resulting bank holding company who were not senior 
    officers or directors of the bank prior to the reorganization; and
        (ii) A detailed history of the involvement of any officer, 
    director, or principal shareholder of the resulting bank holding 
    company in any administrative or criminal proceeding; and
        (4) Pro forma financial statements for the holding company, and a 
    description of the amount, source, and terms of debt, if any, that the 
    bank holding company proposes to incur, and information regarding the 
    sources and timing for debt service and retirement.
        (c) Acknowledgment of notice. Within 7 calendar days following 
    receipt of a notice under this section, the Reserve Bank shall provide 
    the notificant with a written acknowledgment of receipt of the notice. 
    This written acknowledgment shall indicate that the transaction 
    described in the notice may be consummated on the 30th calendar day 
    after the date of receipt of the notice if the Reserve Bank or the 
    Board has not objected to the proposal during that time.
        (d) Application required upon objection. The Reserve Bank or the 
    Board may object to a proposal during the notice period by providing 
    the bank holding company with a written explanation of the reasons for 
    the objection. In such case, the bank holding company may file an 
    application for prior approval of the proposal pursuant to Sec. 225.15 
    of this subpart.
        4. Subpart C is revised to read as follows:
    
    Subpart C--Nonbanking Activities and Acquisitions by Bank Holding 
    Companies
    
    Sec.
    225.21  Prohibited nonbanking activities and acquisitions; exempt 
    bank holding companies.
    225.22  Exempt nonbanking activities and acquisitions.
    225.23  Expedited action for nonbanking proposals by well-run bank 
    holding companies.
    225.24  Procedures for other nonbanking proposals.
    225.25  Hearings, alteration of activities, and other matters.
    225.26  Factors considered in acting on nonbanking proposals.
    225.27  Procedures for determining scope of nonbanking activities.
    225.28  List of permissible nonbanking activities.
    
    Subpart C--Nonbanking Activities and Acquisitions by Bank Holding 
    Companies
    
    
    Sec. 225.21  Prohibited nonbanking activities and acquisitions; exempt 
    bank holding companies.
    
        (a) Prohibited nonbanking activities and acquisitions. Except as 
    provided in Sec. 225.22 of this subpart, a bank holding company or a 
    subsidiary may not engage in, or acquire or control, directly or 
    indirectly, voting securities or assets of a company engaged in, any 
    activity other than:
        (1) Banking or managing or controlling banks and other subsidiaries 
    authorized under the BHC Act; and
        (2) An activity that the Board determines to be so closely related 
    to banking, or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident 
    thereto, including any incidental activities that are necessary to 
    carry on such an activity, if the bank holding company has obtained the 
    prior approval of the Board for that activity in accordance with the 
    requirements of this regulation.
        (b) Exempt bank holding companies. The following bank holding 
    companies are exempt from the provisions of this subpart:
        (1) Family-owned companies. Any company that is a ``company covered 
    in 1970'' (as defined in section 2(b) of the BHC Act), more than 85 
    percent of the voting securities of which was collectively owned on 
    June 30, 1968, and continuously thereafter, by members of the same 
    family (or their spouses) who are lineal descendants of common 
    ancestors.
        (2) Labor, agricultural, and horticultural organizations. Any 
    company that was on January 4, 1977, both a bank holding company and a 
    labor, agricultural, or horticultural organization exempt from taxation
    
    [[Page 9330]]
    
    under section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)).
        (3) Companies granted hardship exemption. Any bank holding company 
    that has controlled only one bank since before July 1, 1968, and that 
    has been granted an exemption by the Board under section 4(d) of the 
    BHC Act, subject to any conditions imposed by the Board.
        (4) Companies granted exemption on other grounds. Any company that 
    acquired control of a bank before December 10, 1982, without the 
    Board's prior approval under section 3 of the BHC Act, on the basis of 
    a narrow interpretation of the term demand deposit or commercial loan, 
    if the Board has determined that:
        (i) Coverage of the company as a bank holding company under this 
    subpart would be unfair or represent an unreasonable hardship; and
        (ii) Exclusion of the company from coverage under this part is 
    consistent with the purposes of the BHC Act and section 106 of the Bank 
    Holding Company Act Amendments of 1970 (12 U.S.C. 1971, 1972(1)). The 
    provisions of Sec. 225.4 of subpart A of this part do not apply to a 
    company exempt under this paragraph.
    
    
    Sec. 225.22  Exempt nonbanking activities and acquisitions.
    
        (a) Certain de novo activities. A bank holding company may, either 
    directly or indirectly, engage de novo in any nonbanking activity 
    listed in Sec. 225.28(b) (other than operation of an insured depository 
    institution) without obtaining the Board's prior approval if the bank 
    holding company:
        (1) Meets the requirements of paragraphs (c) (1), (2), and (6) of 
    Sec. 225.23;
        (2) Conducts the activity in compliance with all Board orders and 
    regulations governing the activity; and
        (3) Within 10 business days after commencing the activity, provides 
    written notice to the appropriate Reserve Bank describing the activity, 
    identifying the company or companies engaged in the activity, and 
    certifying that the activity will be conducted in accordance with the 
    Board's orders and regulations and that the bank holding company meets 
    the requirements of paragraphs (c) (1), (2), and (6) of Sec. 225.23.
        (b) Servicing activities. A bank holding company may, without the 
    Board's prior approval under this subpart, furnish services to or 
    perform services for, or establish or acquire a company that engages 
    solely in servicing activities for:
        (1) The bank holding company or its subsidiaries in connection with 
    their activities as authorized by law, including services that are 
    necessary to fulfill commitments entered into by the subsidiaries with 
    third parties, if the bank holding company or servicing company 
    complies with the Board's published interpretations and does not act as 
    principal in dealing with third parties; and
        (2) The internal operations of the bank holding company or its 
    subsidiaries. Services for the internal operations of the bank holding 
    company or its subsidiaries include, but are not limited to:
        (i) Accounting, auditing, and appraising;
        (ii) Advertising and public relations;
        (iii) Data processing and data transmission services, data bases, 
    or facilities;
        (iv) Personnel services;
        (v) Courier services;
        (vi) Holding or operating property used wholly or substantially by 
    a subsidiary in its operations or for its future use;
        (vii) Liquidating property acquired from a subsidiary;
        (viii) Liquidating property acquired from any sources either prior 
    to May 9, 1956, or the date on which the company became a bank holding 
    company, whichever is later; and
        (ix) Selling, purchasing, or underwriting insurance, such as 
    blanket bond insurance, group insurance for employees, and property and 
    casualty insurance.
        (c) Safe deposit business. A bank holding company or nonbank 
    subsidiary may, without the Board's prior approval, conduct a safe 
    deposit business, or acquire voting securities of a company that 
    conducts such a business.
        (d) Nonbanking acquisitions not requiring prior Board approval. The 
    Board's prior approval is not required under this subpart for the 
    following acquisitions:
        (1) DPC acquisitions. (i) Voting securities or assets, acquired by 
    foreclosure or otherwise, in the ordinary course of collecting a debt 
    previously contracted (DPC property) in good faith, if the DPC property 
    is divested within two years of acquisition.
        (ii) The Board may, upon request, extend this two-year period for 
    up to three additional years. The Board may permit additional 
    extensions for up to 5 years (for a total of 10 years), for shares, 
    real estate or other assets where the holding company demonstrates that 
    each extension would not be detrimental to the public interest and 
    either the bank holding company has made good faith attempts to dispose 
    of such shares, real estate or other assets or disposal of the shares, 
    real estate or other assets during the initial period would have been 
    detrimental to the company.
        (iii) Transfers of DPC property within the bank holding company 
    system do not extend any period for divestiture of the property.
        (2) Securities or assets required to be divested by subsidiary. 
    Voting securities or assets required to be divested by a subsidiary at 
    the request of an examining federal or state authority (except by the 
    Board under the BHC Act or this regulation), if the bank holding 
    company divests the securities or assets within two years from the date 
    acquired from the subsidiary.
        (3) Fiduciary investments. Voting securities or assets acquired by 
    a bank or other company (other than a trust that is a company) in good 
    faith in a fiduciary capacity, if the voting securities or assets are:
        (i) Held in the ordinary course of business; and
        (ii) Not acquired for the benefit of the company or its 
    shareholders, employees, or subsidiaries.
        (4) Securities eligible for investment by national bank. Voting 
    securities of the kinds and amounts explicitly eligible by federal 
    statute (other than section 4 of the Bank Service Corporation Act, 12 
    U.S.C. 1864) for investment by a national bank, and voting securities 
    acquired prior to June 30, 1971, in reliance on section 4(c)(5) of the 
    BHC Act and interpretations of the Comptroller of the Currency under 
    section 5136 of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24(7)).
        (5) Securities or property representing 5 percent or less of a 
    company. Voting securities of a company or property that, in the 
    aggregate, represent 5 percent or less of the outstanding shares of any 
    class of voting securities of a company, or that represent a 5 percent 
    interest or less in the property, subject to the provisions of 12 CFR 
    225.137.
        (6) Securities of investment company. Voting securities of an 
    investment company that is solely engaged in investing in securities 
    and that does not own or control more than 5 percent of the outstanding 
    shares of any class of voting securities of any company.
        (7) Assets acquired in ordinary course of business. Assets of a 
    company acquired in the ordinary course of business, subject to the 
    provisions of 12 CFR 225.132, if the assets relate to activities in 
    which the acquiring company has previously received Board
    
    [[Page 9331]]
    
    approval under this regulation to engage.
        (8) Asset acquisitions by lending company or industrial bank. 
    Assets of an office(s) of a company, all or substantially all of which 
    relate to making, acquiring, or servicing loans if:
        (i) The acquiring company has previously received Board approval 
    under this regulation or is not required to obtain prior Board approval 
    under this regulation to engage in lending activities or industrial 
    banking activities;
        (ii) The assets acquired during any 12-month period do not 
    represent more than 50 percent of the risk-weighted assets (on a 
    consolidated basis) of the acquiring lending company or industrial 
    bank, or more than $100 million, whichever amount is less;
        (iii) The assets acquired do not represent more than 50 percent of 
    the selling company's consolidated assets that are devoted to lending 
    activities or industrial banking business;
        (iv) The acquiring company notifies the Reserve Bank of the 
    acquisition within 30 days after the acquisition; and
        (v) The acquiring company, after giving effect to the transaction, 
    meets the Board's Capital Adequacy Guidelines (Appendix A of this 
    part), and the Board has not previously notified the acquiring company 
    that it may not acquire assets under the exemption in this paragraph.
        (e) Acquisition of securities by subsidiary banks--(1) National 
    bank. A national bank or its subsidiary may, without the Board's 
    approval under this subpart, acquire or retain securities on the basis 
    of section 4(c)(5) of the BHC Act in accordance with the regulations of 
    the Comptroller of the Currency.
        (2) State bank. A state-chartered bank or its subsidiary may, 
    insofar as federal law is concerned, and without the Board's prior 
    approval under this subpart:
        (i) Acquire or retain securities, on the basis of section 4(c)(5) 
    of the BHC Act, of the kinds and amounts explicitly eligible by federal 
    statute for investment by a national bank; or
        (ii) Acquire or retain all (but, except for directors' qualifying 
    shares, not less than all) of the securities of a company that engages 
    solely in activities in which the parent bank may engage, at locations 
    at which the bank may engage in the activity, and subject to the same 
    limitations as if the bank were engaging in the activity directly.
        (f) Activities and securities of new bank holding companies. A 
    company that becomes a bank holding company may, for a period of two 
    years, engage in nonbanking activities and control voting securities or 
    assets of a nonbank subsidiary, if the bank holding company engaged in 
    such activities or controlled such voting securities or assets on the 
    date it became a bank holding company. The Board may grant requests for 
    up to three one-year extensions of the two-year period.
        (g) Grandfathered activities and securities. Unless the Board 
    orders divestiture or termination under section 4(a)(2) of the BHC Act, 
    a ``company covered in 1970,'' as defined in section 2(b) of the BHC 
    Act, may:
        (1) Retain voting securities or assets and engage in activities 
    that it has lawfully held or engaged in continuously since June 30, 
    1968; and
        (2) Acquire voting securities of any newly formed company to engage 
    in such activities.
        (h) Securities or activities exempt under Regulation K. A bank 
    holding company may acquire voting securities or assets and engage in 
    activities as authorized in Regulation K (12 CFR part 211).
    
    
    Sec. 225.23  Expedited action for certain nonbanking proposals by well-
    run bank holding companies.
    
        (a) Filing of notice--(1) Information required. A bank holding 
    company that meets the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section 
    may satisfy the notice requirement of this subpart in connection with 
    the acquisition of voting securities or assets of a company engaged in 
    nonbanking activities that the Board has permitted by order or 
    regulation (other than an insured depository institution) 1, or a 
    proposal to engage de novo, either directly or indirectly, in a 
    nonbanking activity that the Board has permitted by order or by 
    regulation, by providing the appropriate Reserve Bank with a written 
    notice containing the following:
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\ A bank holding company may acquire voting securities or 
    assets of a savings association or other insured depository 
    institution that is not a bank by using the procedures in 
    Sec. 225.14 of subpart B if the bank holding company and the 
    proposal qualify under that section as if the savings association or 
    other institution were a bank for purposes of that section.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (i) A certification that all of the criteria in paragraph (c) of 
    this section are met;
        (ii) A description of the transaction that includes identification 
    of the companies involved in the transaction, the activities to be 
    conducted, and a commitment to conduct the proposed activities in 
    conformity with the Board's regulations and orders governing the 
    conduct of the proposed activity;
        (iii) If the proposal involves an acquisition of a going concern:
        (A) If the bank holding company has consolidated assets of $150 
    million or more, an abbreviated consolidated pro forma balance sheet 
    for the acquiring bank holding company as of the most recent quarter 
    showing credit and debit adjustments that reflect the proposed 
    transaction, consolidated pro forma risk-based capital ratios for the 
    acquiring bank holding company as of the most recent quarter, a 
    description of the purchase price and the terms and sources of funding 
    for the transaction, and the total revenue and net income of the 
    company to be acquired;
        (B) If the bank holding company has consolidated assets of less 
    than $150 million, a pro forma parent-only balance sheet as of the most 
    recent quarter showing credit and debit adjustments that reflect the 
    proposed transaction, a description of the purchase price and the terms 
    and sources of funding for the transaction and the sources and schedule 
    for retiring any debt incurred in the transaction, and the total 
    assets, off-balance sheet items, revenue and net income of the company 
    to be acquired;
        (C) For each insured depository institution whose Tier 1 capital, 
    total capital, total assets or risk-weighted assets change as a result 
    of the transaction, the total risk-weighted assets, total assets, Tier 
    1 capital and total capital of the institution on a pro forma basis;
        (iv) Identification of the geographic markets in which competition 
    would be affected by the proposal, a description of the effect of the 
    proposal on competition in the relevant markets, a list of the major 
    competitors in that market in the proposed activity if the affected 
    market is local in nature, and, if requested, the market indexes for 
    the relevant market; and
        (v) A description of the public benefits that can reasonably be 
    expected to result from the transaction.
        (2) Waiver of unnecessary information. The Reserve Bank may reduce 
    the information requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) (iii) and (iv) of 
    this section as appropriate.
        (b)(1) Action on proposals under this section. The Board or the 
    appropriate Reserve Bank shall act on a proposal submitted under this 
    section, or notify the bank holding company that the transaction is 
    subject to the procedure in Sec. 225.24, within 12 business days 
    following the filing of all of the information required in paragraph 
    (a) of this section.
        (2) Acceptance of notice if expedited procedure not available. If 
    the Board or the Reserve Bank determines, after the filing of a notice 
    under this section, that a bank holding company may not use
    
    [[Page 9332]]
    
    the procedure in this section and must file a notice under Sec. 225.24, 
    the notice shall be deemed accepted for purposes of Sec. 225.24 as of 
    the date that the notice was filed under this section.
        (c) Criteria for use of expedited procedure. The procedure in this 
    section is available only if:
        (1) Well-capitalized organization--(i) Bank holding company. Both 
    at the time of and immediately after the proposed transaction, the 
    acquiring bank holding company is well-capitalized;
        (ii) Insured depository institutions. Both at the time of and 
    immediately after the transaction:
        (A) The lead insured depository institution of the acquiring bank 
    holding company is well-capitalized;
        (B) Well-capitalized insured depository institutions control at 
    least 80 percent of the total risk-weighted assets of insured 
    depository institutions controlled by the acquiring bank holding 
    company; and
        (C) No insured depository institution controlled by the acquiring 
    bank holding company is undercapitalized;
        (2) Well-managed organization--(i) Satisfactory examination 
    ratings. At the time of the transaction, the acquiring bank holding 
    company, its lead insured depository institution, and insured 
    depository institutions that control at least 80 percent of the total 
    risk-weighted assets of insured depository institutions controlled by 
    such holding company are well-managed;
        (ii) No poorly managed institutions. No insured depository 
    institution controlled by the acquiring bank holding company has 
    received 1 of the 2 lowest composite ratings at the later of the 
    institution's most recent examination or subsequent review by the 
    appropriate federal banking agency for the institution.
        (iii) Recently acquired institutions excluded. Any insured 
    depository institution that has been acquired by the bank holding 
    company during the 12-month period preceding the date on which written 
    notice is filed under paragraph (a) of this section may be excluded for 
    purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section if:
        (A) The bank holding company has developed a plan acceptable to the 
    appropriate federal banking agency for the institution to restore the 
    capital and management of the institution; and
        (B) All insured depository institutions excluded under this 
    paragraph represent, in the aggregate, less than 10 percent of the 
    aggregate total risk-weighted assets of all insured depository 
    institutions controlled by the bank holding company;
        (3) Permissible activity. (i) The Board has determined by 
    regulation or order that each activity proposed to be conducted is so 
    closely related to banking, or managing or controlling banks, as to be 
    a proper incident thereto; and
        (ii) The Board has not indicated that proposals to engage in the 
    activity are subject to the notice procedure provided in Sec. 225.24;
        (4) Competitive criteria--(i) Competitive screen. In the case of 
    the acquisition of a going concern, the acquisition, without regard to 
    any divestitures proposed by the acquiring bank holding company, does 
    not cause:
        (A) The acquiring bank holding company to control in excess of 35 
    percent of the market share in any relevant market; or
        (B) The Herfindahl-Hirschman index to increase by more than 200 
    points in any relevant market with a post-acquisition index of at least 
    1800; and
        (ii) Other competitive factors. The Board has not indicated that 
    the transaction is subject to close scrutiny on competitive grounds;
        (5) Size of acquisition--(i) In general--(A) Limited growth. Except 
    as provided in paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section, the sum of 
    aggregate risk-weighted assets to be acquired in the proposal and the 
    aggregate risk-weighted assets acquired by the acquiring bank holding 
    company in all other qualifying transactions does not exceed 35 percent 
    of the consolidated risk-weighted assets of the acquiring bank holding 
    company. For purposes of this paragraph, ``other qualifying 
    transactions'' means any transaction approved under this section or 
    Sec. 225.14 during the 12 months prior to filing the notice under this 
    section;
        (B) Consideration paid. The gross consideration to be paid by the 
    acquiring bank holding company in the proposal does not exceed 15 
    percent of the consolidated Tier 1 capital of the acquiring bank 
    holding company; and
        (C) Individual size limitation. The total risk-weighted assets to 
    be acquired do not exceed $7.5 billion;
        (ii) Small bank holding companies. Paragraph (c)(5)(i)(A) of this 
    section shall not apply if, immediately following consummation of the 
    proposed transaction, the consolidated risk-weighted assets of the 
    acquiring bank holding company are less than $300 million;
        (6) Supervisory actions. During the 12-month period ending on the 
    date on which the bank holding company proposes to consummate the 
    proposed transaction, no formal administrative order, including a 
    written agreement, cease and desist order, capital directive, prompt 
    corrective action directive, asset maintenance agreement, or other 
    formal enforcement order is or was outstanding against the bank holding 
    company or any insured depository institution subsidiary of the holding 
    company, and no formal administrative enforcement proceeding involving 
    any such enforcement action, order, or directive is or was pending; and
        (7) Notification. The bank holding company has not been notified by 
    the Board, in its discretion, prior to the expiration of the period in 
    paragraph (b) of this section that a notice under Sec. 225.24 is 
    required in order to permit closer review of any potential adverse 
    effect or other matter related to the factors that must be considered 
    under this part.
        (d) Branches and agencies of foreign banking organizations. For 
    purposes of this section, a U.S. branch or agency of a foreign banking 
    organization shall be considered to be an insured depository 
    institution.
    
    
    Sec. 225.24  Procedures for other nonbanking proposals.
    
        (a) Notice required for nonbanking activities. Except as provided 
    in Sec. 225.22 and Sec. 225.23, a notice for the Board's prior approval 
    under Sec. 225.21(a) to engage in or acquire a company engaged in a 
    nonbanking activity shall be filed by a bank holding company (including 
    a company seeking to become a bank holding company) with the 
    appropriate Reserve Bank in accordance with this section and the 
    Board's Rules of Procedure (12 CFR 262.3).
        (1) Engaging de novo in listed activities. A bank holding company 
    seeking to commence or to engage de novo, either directly or through a 
    subsidiary, in a nonbanking activity listed in Sec. 225.28 shall file a 
    notice containing a description of the activities to be conducted and 
    the identity of the company that will conduct the activity.
        (2) Acquiring company engaged in listed activities. A bank holding 
    company seeking to acquire or control voting securities or assets of a 
    company engaged in a nonbanking activity listed in Sec. 225.28 shall 
    file a notice containing the following:
        (i) A description of the proposal, including a description of each 
    proposed activity, and the effect of the proposal on competition among 
    entities engaging in each proposed activity in each relevant market 
    with relevant market indexes;
        (ii) The identity of any entity involved in the proposal, and, if 
    the notificant proposes to conduct the activity through
    
    [[Page 9333]]
    
    an existing subsidiary, a description of the existing activities of the 
    subsidiary;
        (iii) A statement of the public benefits that can reasonably be 
    expected to result from the proposal;
        (iv) If the bank holding company has consolidated assets of $150 
    million or more:
        (A) Parent company and consolidated pro forma balance sheets for 
    the acquiring bank holding company as of the most recent quarter 
    showing credit and debit adjustments that reflect the proposed 
    transaction;
        (B) Consolidated pro forma risk-based capital and leverage ratio 
    calculations for the acquiring bank holding company as of the most 
    recent quarter; and
        (C) A description of the purchase price and the terms and sources 
    of funding for the transaction;
        (v) If the bank holding company has consolidated assets of less 
    than $150 million:
        (A) A pro forma parent-only balance sheet as of the most recent 
    quarter showing credit and debit adjustments that reflect the proposed 
    transaction; and
        (B) A description of the purchase price and the terms and sources 
    of funding for the transaction and, if the transaction is debt funded, 
    one-year income statement and cash flow projections for the parent 
    company, and the sources and schedule for retiring any debt incurred in 
    the transaction;
        (vi) For each insured depository institution whose Tier 1 capital, 
    total capital, total assets or risk-weighted assets change as a result 
    of the transaction, the total risk-weighted assets, total assets, Tier 
    1 capital and total capital of the institution on a pro forma basis; 
    and
        (vii) A description of the management expertise, internal controls 
    and risk management systems that will be utilized in the conduct of the 
    proposed activities; and
        (viii) A copy of the purchase agreements, and balance sheet and 
    income statements for the most recent quarter and year-end for any 
    company to be acquired.
        (3) Engaging in or acquiring company to engage in unlisted 
    activities. A bank holding company seeking to engage de novo in, or to 
    acquire or control voting securities or assets of a company engaged in, 
    any activity not listed in Sec. 225.28 shall file a notice containing 
    the following:
        (i) Evidence that the proposed activity is so closely related to 
    banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident 
    thereto, or, if the Board previously determined by order that the 
    activity is permissible for a bank holding company to conduct, a 
    commitment to comply with all the conditions and limitations 
    established by the Board governing the activity; and
        (ii) The information required in paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of 
    this section, as appropriate.
        (b) Notice provided to Board. The Reserve Bank shall immediately 
    send to the Board a copy of any notice received under paragraphs (a)(2) 
    or (a)(3) of this section.
        (c) Notice to public--(1) Listed activities and activities approved 
    by order--(i) In a case involving an activity listed in Sec. 225.28 or 
    previously approved by the Board by order, the Reserve Bank shall 
    notify the Board for publication in the Federal Register immediately 
    upon receipt by the Reserve Bank of:
        (A) A notice under this section; or
        (B) A written request that notice of a proposal under this section 
    or Sec. 225.23 be published in the Federal Register. Such a request may 
    request that Federal Register publication occur up to 15 calendar days 
    prior to submission of a notice under this subpart.
        (ii) The Federal Register notice published under this paragraph 
    shall invite public comment on the proposal, generally for a period of 
    15 days.
        (2) New activities--(i) In general. In the case of a notice under 
    this subpart involving an activity that is not listed in Sec. 225.28 
    and that has not been previously approved by the Board by order, the 
    Board shall send notice of the proposal to the Federal Register for 
    publication, unless the Board determines that the notificant has not 
    demonstrated that the activity is so closely related to banking or to 
    managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The 
    Federal Register notice shall invite public comment on the proposal for 
    a reasonable period of time, generally for 30 days.
        (ii) Time for publication. The Board shall send the notice required 
    under this paragraph to the Federal Register within 10 business days of 
    acceptance by the Reserve Bank. The Board may extend the 10-day period 
    for an additional 30 calendar days upon notice to the notificant. In 
    the event notice of a proposal is not published for comment, the Board 
    shall inform the notificant of the reasons for the decision.
        (d) Action on notices--(1) Reserve Bank action--(i) In general. 
    Within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Reserve Bank of a notice 
    filed pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section, the 
    Reserve Banks shall:
        (A) Approve the notice; or
        (B) Refer the notice to the Board for decision because action under 
    delegated authority is not appropriate.
        (ii) Return of incomplete notice. Within 7 calendar days of 
    receipt, the Reserve Bank may return any notice as informationally 
    incomplete that does not contain all of the information required by 
    this subpart. The return of such a notice shall be deemed action on the 
    notice.
        (iii) Notice of action. The Reserve Bank shall promptly notify the 
    bank holding company of any action or referral under this paragraph.
        (iv) Close of public comment period. The Reserve Bank shall not 
    approve any notice under this paragraph (d)(1) of this section prior to 
    the third business day after the close of the public comment period, 
    unless an emergency exists that requires expedited or immediate action.
        (2) Board action--(i) Internal schedule. The Board seeks to act on 
    every notice referred to it for decision within 60 days of the date 
    that the notice is filed with the Reserve Bank. If the Board is unable 
    to act within this period, the Board shall notify the notificant and 
    explain the reasons and the date by which the Board expects to act.
        (ii) Extension of required period for action--(A) In general. The 
    Board may extend the 60-day period required for Board action under 
    paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section for an additional 30 days upon 
    notice to the notificant.
        (B) Unlisted activities. If a notice involves a proposal to engage 
    in an activity that is not listed in Sec. 225.28, the Board may extend 
    the period required for Board action under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this 
    section for an additional 90 days. This 90-day extension is in addition 
    to the 30-day extension period provided in paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) of 
    this section. The Board shall notify the notificant that the notice 
    period has been extended and explain the reasons for the extension.
        (3) Requests for additional information. The Board or the Reserve 
    Bank may modify the information requirements under this section or at 
    any time request any additional information that either believes is 
    needed for a decision on any notice under this section.
        (4) Tolling of period. The Board or the Reserve Bank may at any 
    time extend or toll the time period for action on a notice for any 
    period with the consent of the notificant.
    
    
    Sec. 225.25  Hearings, alteration of activities, and other matters.
    
        (a) Hearings--(1) Procedure to request hearing. Any request for a 
    hearing on a
    
    [[Page 9334]]
    
    notice under this subpart shall comply with the provisions of 12 CFR 
    262.3(e).
        (2) Determination to hold hearing. The Board may order a formal or 
    informal hearing or other proceeding on a notice as provided in 12 CFR 
    262.3(i)(2). The Board shall order a hearing only if there are disputed 
    issues of material fact that cannot be resolved in some other manner.
        (3) Extension of period for hearing. The Board may extend the time 
    for action on any notice for such time as is reasonably necessary to 
    conduct a hearing and evaluate the hearing record. Such extension shall 
    not exceed 91 calendar days after the date of submission to the Board 
    of the complete record on the notice. The procedures for computation of 
    the 91-day rule as set forth in Sec. 225.16(f) apply to notices under 
    this subpart that involve hearings.
        (b) Approval through failure to act. (1) Except as provided in 
    paragraph (a) of this section or Sec. 225.24(d)(4), a notice under this 
    subpart shall be deemed to be approved at the conclusion of the period 
    that begins on the date the complete notice is received by the Reserve 
    Bank or the Board and that ends 60 calendar days plus any applicable 
    extension and tolling period thereafter.
        (2) Complete notice. For purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of this 
    section, a notice shall be deemed complete at such time as it contains 
    all information required by this subpart and all other information 
    requested by the Board or the Reserve Bank.
        (c) Notice to expand or alter nonbanking activities--(1) De novo 
    expansion. A notice under this subpart is required to open a new office 
    or to form a subsidiary to engage in, or to relocate an existing office 
    engaged in, a nonbanking activity that the Board has previously 
    approved for the bank holding company under this regulation, only if:
        (i) The Board's prior approval was limited geographically;
        (ii) The activity is to be conducted in a country outside of the 
    United States and the bank holding company has not previously received 
    prior Board approval under this regulation to engage in the activity in 
    that country; or
        (iii) The Board or appropriate Reserve Bank has notified the 
    company that a notice under this subpart is required.
        (2) Activities outside United States. With respect to activities to 
    be engaged in outside the United States that require approval under 
    this subpart, the procedures of this section apply only to activities 
    to be engaged in directly by a bank holding company that is not a 
    qualifying foreign banking organization, or by a nonbank subsidiary of 
    a bank holding company approved under this subpart. Regulation K (12 
    CFR part 211) governs other international operations of bank holding 
    companies.
        (3) Alteration of nonbanking activity. Unless otherwise permitted 
    by the Board, a notice under this subpart is required to alter a 
    nonbanking activity in any material respect from that considered by the 
    Board in acting on the application or notice to engage in the activity.
        (d) Emergency savings association acquisitions. In the case of a 
    notice to acquire a savings association, the Board may modify or 
    dispense with the public notice and hearing requirements of this 
    subpart if the Board finds that an emergency exists that requires the 
    Board to act immediately and the primary federal regulator of the 
    institution concurs.
    
    
    Sec. 225.26  Factors considered in acting on nonbanking proposals.
    
        (a) In general. In evaluating a notice under Sec. 225.23 or 
    Sec. 225.24, the Board shall consider whether the notificant's 
    performance of the activities can reasonably be expected to produce 
    benefits to the public (such as greater convenience, increased 
    competition, and gains in efficiency) that outweigh possible adverse 
    effects (such as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair 
    competition, conflicts of interest, and unsound banking practices).
        (b) Financial and managerial resources. Consideration of the 
    factors in paragraph (a) of this section includes an evaluation of the 
    financial and managerial resources of the notificant, including its 
    subsidiaries and any company to be acquired, the effect of the proposed 
    transaction on those resources, and the management expertise, internal 
    control and risk-management systems, and capital of the entity 
    conducting the activity.
        (c) Competitive effect of de novo proposals. Unless the record 
    demonstrates otherwise, the commencement or expansion of a nonbanking 
    activity de novo is presumed to result in benefits to the public 
    through increased competition.
        (d) Denial for lack of information. The Board may deny any notice 
    submitted under this subpart if the notificant neglects, fails, or 
    refuses to furnish all information required by the Board.
        (e) Conditional approvals. The Board may impose conditions on any 
    approval, including conditions to address permissibility, financial, 
    managerial, safety and soundness, competitive, compliance, conflicts of 
    interest, or other concerns to ensure that approval is consistent with 
    the relevant statutory factors and other provisions of the BHC Act.
    
    
    Sec. 225.27  Procedures for determining scope of nonbanking activities.
    
        (a) Advisory opinions regarding scope of previously approved 
    nonbanking activities--(1) Request for advisory opinion. Any person may 
    submit a request to the Board for an advisory opinion regarding the 
    scope of any permissible nonbanking activity. The request shall be 
    submitted in writing to the Board and shall identify the proposed 
    parameters of the activity, or describe the service or product that 
    will be provided, and contain an explanation supporting an 
    interpretation regarding the scope of the permissible nonbanking 
    activity.
        (2) Response to request. The Board shall provide an advisory 
    opinion within 45 days of receiving a written request under this 
    paragraph.
        (b) Procedure for consideration of new activities--(1) Initiation 
    of proceeding. The Board may, at any time, on its own initiative or in 
    response to a written request from any person, initiate a proceeding to 
    determine whether any activity is so closely related to banking or 
    managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.
        (2) Requests for determination. Any request for a Board 
    determination that an activity is so closely related to banking or 
    managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto, shall 
    be submitted to the Board in writing, and shall contain evidence that 
    the proposed activity is so closely related to banking or managing or 
    controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.
        (3) Publication. The Board shall publish in the Federal Register 
    notice that it is considering the permissibility of a new activity and 
    invite public comment for a period of at least 30 calendar days. In the 
    case of a request submitted under paragraph (b) of this section, the 
    Board may determine not to publish notice of the request if the Board 
    determines that the requester has provided no reasonable basis for a 
    determination that the activity is so closely related to banking, or 
    managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto, and 
    notifies the requester of the determination.
        (4) Comments and hearing requests. Any comment and any request for 
    a hearing regarding a proposal under this section shall comply with the 
    provisions of Sec. 262.3(e) of the Board's Rules of Procedure (12 CFR 
    262.3(e)).
    
    [[Page 9335]]
    
    Sec. 225.28  List of permissible nonbanking activities.
    
        (a) Closely related nonbanking activities. The activities listed in 
    paragraph (b) of this section are so closely related to banking or 
    managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto, and 
    may be engaged in by a bank holding company or its subsidiary in 
    accordance with the requirements of this regulation.
        (b) Activities determined by regulation to be permissible--(1) 
    Extending credit and servicing loans. Making, acquiring, brokering, or 
    servicing loans or other extensions of credit (including factoring, 
    issuing letters of credit and accepting drafts) for the company's 
    account or for the account of others.
        (2) Activities related to extending credit. Any activity usual in 
    connection with making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans or 
    other extensions of credit, as determined by the Board. The Board has 
    determined that the following activities are usual in connection with 
    making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans or other extensions of 
    credit:
        (i) Real estate and personal property appraising. Performing 
    appraisals of real estate and tangible and intangible personal 
    property, including securities.
        (ii) Arranging commercial real estate equity financing. Acting as 
    intermediary for the financing of commercial or industrial income-
    producing real estate by arranging for the transfer of the title, 
    control, and risk of such a real estate project to one or more 
    investors, if the bank holding company and its affiliates do not have 
    an interest in, or participate in managing or developing, a real estate 
    project for which it arranges equity financing, and do not promote or 
    sponsor the development of the property.
        (iii) Check-guaranty services. Authorizing a subscribing merchant 
    to accept personal checks tendered by the merchant's customers in 
    payment for goods and services, and purchasing from the merchant 
    validly authorized checks that are subsequently dishonored.
        (iv) Collection agency services. Collecting overdue accounts 
    receivable, either retail or commercial.
        (v) Credit bureau services. Maintaining information related to the 
    credit history of consumers and providing the information to a credit 
    grantor who is considering a borrower's application for credit or who 
    has extended credit to the borrower.
        (vi) Asset management, servicing, and collection activities. 
    Engaging under contract with a third party in asset management, 
    servicing, and collection 2 of assets of a type that an insured 
    depository institution may originate and own, if the company does not 
    engage in real property management or real estate brokerage services as 
    part of these services.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \2\ Asset management services include acting as agent in the 
    liquidation or sale of loans and collateral for loans, including 
    real estate and other assets acquired through foreclosure or in 
    satisfaction of debts previously contracted.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (vii) Acquiring debt in default. Acquiring debt that is in default 
    at the time of acquisition, if the company:
        (A) Divests shares or assets securing debt in default that are not 
    permissible investments for bank holding companies, within the time 
    period required for divestiture of property acquired in satisfaction of 
    a debt previously contracted under Sec. 225.12(b); 3
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \3\ For this purpose, the divestiture period for property begins 
    on the date that the debt is acquired, regardless of when legal 
    title to the property is acquired.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (B) Stands only in the position of a creditor and does not purchase 
    equity of obligors of debt in default (other than equity that may be 
    collateral for such debt); and
        (C) Does not acquire debt in default secured by shares of a bank or 
    bank holding company.
        (viii) Real estate settlement servicing. Providing real estate 
    settlement services.4
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \4\ For purposes of this section, real estate settlement 
    services do not include providing title insurance as principal, 
    agent, or broker.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (3) Leasing personal or real property. Leasing personal or real 
    property or acting as agent, broker, or adviser in leasing such 
    property if:
        (i) The lease is on a nonoperating basis; 5
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \5\ The requirement that the lease be on a nonoperating basis 
    means that the bank holding company may not, directly or indirectly, 
    engage in operating, servicing, maintaining, or repairing leased 
    property during the lease term. For purposes of the leasing of 
    automobiles, the requirement that the lease be on a nonoperating 
    basis means that the bank holding company may not, directly or 
    indirectly: (1) Provide servicing, repair, or maintenance of the 
    leased vehicle during the lease term; (2) purchase parts and 
    accessories in bulk or for an individual vehicle after the lessee 
    has taken delivery of the vehicle; (3) provide the loan of an 
    automobile during servicing of the leased vehicle; (4) purchase 
    insurance for the lessee; or (5) provide for the renewal of the 
    vehicle's license merely as a service to the lessee where the lessee 
    could renew the license without authorization from the lessor. The 
    bank holding company may arrange for a third party to provide these 
    services or products.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (ii) The initial term of the lease is at least 90 days;
        (iii) In the case of leases involving real property:
        (A) At the inception of the initial lease, the effect of the 
    transaction will yield a return that will compensate the lessor for not 
    less than the lessor's full investment in the property plus the 
    estimated total cost of financing the property over the term of the 
    lease from rental payments, estimated tax benefits, and the estimated 
    residual value of the property at the expiration of the initial lease; 
    and
        (B) The estimated residual value of property for purposes of 
    paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) of this section shall not exceed 25 percent of 
    the acquisition cost of the property to the lessor.
        (4) Operating nonbank depository institutions--(i) Industrial 
    banking. Owning, controlling, or operating an industrial bank, Morris 
    Plan bank, or industrial loan company, so long as the institution is 
    not a bank.
        (ii) Operating savings association. Owning, controlling, or 
    operating a savings association, if the savings association engages 
    only in deposit-taking activities, lending, and other activities that 
    are permissible for bank holding companies under this subpart C.
        (5) Trust company functions. Performing functions or activities 
    that may be performed by a trust company (including activities of a 
    fiduciary, agency, or custodial nature), in the manner authorized by 
    federal or state law, so long as the company is not a bank for purposes 
    of section 2(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act.
        (6) Financial and investment advisory activities. Acting as 
    investment or financial advisor to any person, including (without, in 
    any way, limiting the foregoing):
        (i) Serving as investment adviser (as defined in section 2(a)(20) 
    of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(20)), to an 
    investment company registered under that act, including sponsoring, 
    organizing, and managing a closed-end investment company;
        (ii) Furnishing general economic information and advice, general 
    economic statistical forecasting services, and industry studies;
        (iii) Providing advice in connection with mergers, acquisitions, 
    divestitures, investments, joint ventures, leveraged buyouts, 
    recapitalizations, capital structurings, financing transactions and 
    similar transactions, and conducting financial feasibility studies; 
    6
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \6\ Feasibility studies do not include assisting management with 
    the planning or marketing for a given project or providing general 
    operational or management advice.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (iv) Providing information, statistical forecasting, and advice 
    with respect to any transaction in foreign exchange, swaps, and similar 
    transactions,
    
    [[Page 9336]]
    
    commodities, and any forward contract, option, future, option on a 
    future, and similar instruments;
        (v) Providing educational courses, and instructional materials to 
    consumers on individual financial management matters; and
        (vi) Providing tax-planning and tax-preparation services to any 
    person.
        (7) Agency transactional services for customer investments--(i) 
    Securities brokerage. Providing securities brokerage services 
    (including securities clearing and/or securities execution services on 
    an exchange), whether alone or in combination with investment advisory 
    services, and incidental activities (including related securities 
    credit activities and custodial services), if the securities brokerage 
    services are restricted to buying and selling securities solely as 
    agent for the account of customers and do not include securities 
    underwriting or dealing.
        (ii) Riskless principal transactions. Buying and selling in the 
    secondary market all types of securities on the order of customers as a 
    ``riskless principal'' to the extent of engaging in a transaction in 
    which the company, after receiving an order to buy (or sell) a security 
    from a customer, purchases (or sells) the security for its own account 
    to offset a contemporaneous sale to (or purchase from) the customer. 
    This does not include:
        (A) Selling bank-ineligible securities 7 at the order of a 
    customer that is the issuer of the securities, or selling bank-
    ineligible securities in any transaction where the company has a 
    contractual agreement to place the securities as agent of the issuer; 
    or
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \7\ A bank-ineligible security is any security that a State 
    member bank is not permitted to underwrite or deal in under 12 
    U.S.C. 24 and 335.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (B) Acting as a riskless principal in any transaction involving a 
    bank-ineligible security for which the company or any of its affiliates 
    acts as underwriter (during the period of the underwriting or for 30 
    days thereafter) or dealer.8
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \8\ A company or its affiliates may not enter quotes for 
    specific bank-ineligible securities in any dealer quotation system 
    in connection with the company's riskless principal transactions; 
    except that the company or its affiliates may enter ``bid'' or 
    ``ask'' quotations, or publish ``offering wanted'' or ``bid wanted'' 
    notices on trading systems other than NASDAQ or an exchange, if the 
    company or its affiliate does not enter price quotations on 
    different sides of the market for a particular security during any 
    two-day period.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (iii) Private placement services. Acting as agent for the private 
    placement of securities in accordance with the requirements of the 
    Securities Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the rules of the Securities and 
    Exchange Commission, if the company engaged in the activity does not 
    purchase or repurchase for its own account the securities being placed, 
    or hold in inventory unsold portions of issues of these securities.
        (iv) Futures commission merchant. Acting as a futures commission 
    merchant (FCM) for unaffiliated persons in the execution, clearance, or 
    execution and clearance of any futures contract and option on a futures 
    contract traded on an exchange in the United States or abroad if:
        (A) The activity is conducted through a separately incorporated 
    subsidiary of the bank holding company, which may engage in activities 
    other than FCM activities (including, but not limited to, permissible 
    advisory and trading activities); and
        (B) The parent bank holding company does not provide a guarantee or 
    otherwise become liable to the exchange or clearing association other 
    than for those trades conducted by the subsidiary for its own account 
    or for the account of any affiliate.
        (v) Other transactional services. Providing to customers as agent 
    transactional services with respect to swaps and similar transactions, 
    any transaction described in paragraph (b)(8) of this section, any 
    transaction that is permissible for a state member bank, and any other 
    transaction involving a forward contract, option, futures, option on a 
    futures or similar contract (whether traded on an exchange or not) 
    relating to a commodity that is traded on an exchange.
        (8) Investment transactions as principal--(i) Underwriting and 
    dealing in government obligations and money market instruments. 
    Underwriting and dealing in obligations of the United States, general 
    obligations of states and their political subdivisions, and other 
    obligations that state member banks of the Federal Reserve System may 
    be authorized to underwrite and deal in under 12 U.S.C. 24 and 335, 
    including banker's acceptances and certificates of deposit, under the 
    same limitations as would be applicable if the activity were performed 
    by the bank holding company's subsidiary member banks or its subsidiary 
    nonmember banks as if they were member banks.
        (ii) Investing and trading activities. Engaging as principal in:
        (A) Foreign exchange;
        (B) Forward contracts, options, futures, options on futures, swaps, 
    and similar contracts, whether traded on exchanges or not, based on any 
    rate, price, financial asset (including gold, silver, platinum, 
    palladium, copper, or any other metal approved by the Board), 
    nonfinancial asset, or group of assets, other than a bank-ineligible 
    security,9 if:
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \9\ A bank-ineligible security is any security that a state 
    member bank is not permitted to underwrite or deal in under 12 
    U.S.C. 24 and 335.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (1) A state member bank is authorized to invest in the asset 
    underlying the contract;
        (2) The contract requires cash settlement; or
        (3) The contract allows for assignment, termination, or offset 
    prior to delivery or expiration, and the company makes every reasonable 
    effort to avoid taking or making delivery; and
        (C) Forward contracts, options,10 futures, options on futures, 
    swaps, and similar contracts, whether traded on exchanges or not, based 
    on an index of a rate, a price, or the value of any financial asset, 
    nonfinancial asset, or group of assets, if the contract requires cash 
    settlement.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \10\ This reference does not include acting as a dealer in 
    options based on indices of bank-ineligible securities when the 
    options are traded on securities exchanges. These options are 
    securities for purposes of the federal securities laws and bank-
    ineligible securities for purposes of section 20 of the Glass-
    Steagall Act, 12 U.S.C. 337. Similarly, this reference does not 
    include acting as a dealer in any other instrument that is a bank-
    ineligible security for purposes of section 20. A bank holding 
    company may deal in these instruments in accordance with the Board's 
    orders on dealing in bank-ineligible securities.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (iii) Buying and selling bullion, and related activities. Buying, 
    selling and storing bars, rounds, bullion, and coins of gold, silver, 
    platinum, palladium, copper, and any other metal approved by the Board, 
    for the company's own account and the account of others, and providing 
    incidental services such as arranging for storage, safe custody, 
    assaying, and shipment.
        (9) Management consulting and counseling activities--(i) Management 
    consulting. (A) Providing management consulting advice: 11
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \11\ In performing this activity, bank holding companies are not 
    authorized to perform tasks or operations or provide services to 
    client institutions either on a daily or continuing basis, except as 
    necessary to instruct the client institution on how to perform such 
    services for itself. See also the Board's interpretation of bank 
    management consulting advice (12 CFR 225.131).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (1) On any matter to unaffiliated depository institutions, 
    including commercial banks, savings and loan associations, savings 
    banks, credit unions, industrial banks, Morris Plan banks, cooperative 
    banks, industrial loan companies, trust companies, and branches or 
    agencies of foreign banks;
        (2) On any financial, economic, accounting, or audit matter to any 
    other company.
        (B) A company conducting management consulting activities under 
    this subparagraph and any affiliate of such company may not:
    
    [[Page 9337]]
    
        (1) Own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5 percent of 
    the voting securities of the client institution; and
        (2) Allow a management official, as defined in 12 CFR 212.2(h), of 
    the company or any of its affiliates to serve as a management official 
    of the client institution, except where such interlocking relationship 
    is permitted pursuant to an exemption granted under 12 CFR 212.4(b) or 
    otherwise permitted by the Board.
        (C) A company conducting management consulting activities may 
    provide management consulting services to customers not described in 
    paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A)(1) of this section or regarding matters not 
    described in paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A)(2) of this section, if the total 
    annual revenue derived from those management consulting services does 
    not exceed 30 percent of the company's total annual revenue derived 
    from management consulting activities.
        (ii) Employee benefits consulting services. Providing consulting 
    services to employee benefit, compensation and insurance plans, 
    including designing plans, assisting in the implementation of plans, 
    providing administrative services to plans, and developing employee 
    communication programs for plans.
        (iii) Career counseling services. Providing career counseling 
    services to:
        (A) A financial organization 12 and individuals currently 
    employed by, or recently displaced from, a financial organization;
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \12\ Financial organization refers to insured depository 
    institution holding companies and their subsidiaries, other than 
    nonbanking affiliates of diversified savings and loan holding 
    companies that engage in activities not permissible under section 
    4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)(8)).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (B) Individuals who are seeking employment at a financial 
    organization; and
        (C) Individuals who are currently employed in or who seek positions 
    in the finance, accounting, and audit departments of any company.
        (10) Support services--(i) Courier services. Providing courier 
    services for:
        (A) Checks, commercial papers, documents, and written instruments 
    (excluding currency or bearer-type negotiable instruments) that are 
    exchanged among banks and financial institutions; and
        (B) Audit and accounting media of a banking or financial nature and 
    other business records and documents used in processing such 
    media.13
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \13\ See also the Board's interpretation on courier activities 
    (12 CFR 225.129), which sets forth conditions for bank holding 
    company entry into the activity.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (ii) Printing and selling MICR-encoded items. Printing and selling 
    checks and related documents, including corporate image checks, cash 
    tickets, voucher checks, deposit slips, savings withdrawal packages, 
    and other forms that require Magnetic Ink Character Recognition (MICR) 
    encoding.
        (11) Insurance agency and underwriting--(i) Credit insurance. 
    Acting as principal, agent, or broker for insurance (including home 
    mortgage redemption insurance) that is:
        (A) Directly related to an extension of credit by the bank holding 
    company or any of its subsidiaries; and
        (B) Limited to ensuring the repayment of the outstanding balance 
    due on the extension of credit 14 in the event of the death, 
    disability, or involuntary unemployment of the debtor.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \14\ Extension of credit includes direct loans to borrowers, 
    loans purchased from other lenders, and leases of real or personal 
    property so long as the leases are nonoperating and full-payout 
    leases that meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of this 
    section.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (ii) Finance company subsidiary. Acting as agent or broker for 
    insurance directly related to an extension of credit by a finance 
    company 15 that is a subsidiary of a bank holding company, if:
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \15\ Finance company includes all non-deposit-taking financial 
    institutions that engage in a significant degree of consumer lending 
    (excluding lending secured by first mortgages) and all financial 
    institutions specifically defined by individual states as finance 
    companies and that engage in a significant degree of consumer 
    lending.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (A) The insurance is limited to ensuring repayment of the 
    outstanding balance on such extension of credit in the event of loss or 
    damage to any property used as collateral for the extension of credit; 
    and
        (B) The extension of credit is not more than $10,000, or $25,000 if 
    it is to finance the purchase of a residential manufactured home 
    16 and the credit is secured by the home; and
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \16\ These limitations increase at the end of each calendar 
    year, beginning with 1982, by the percentage increase in the 
    Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers 
    published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (C) The applicant commits to notify borrowers in writing that:
        (1) They are not required to purchase such insurance from the 
    applicant;
        (2) Such insurance does not insure any interest of the borrower in 
    the collateral; and
        (3) The applicant will accept more comprehensive property insurance 
    in place of such single-interest insurance.
        (iii) Insurance in small towns. Engaging in any insurance agency 
    activity in a place where the bank holding company or a subsidiary of 
    the bank holding company has a lending office and that:
        (A) Has a population not exceeding 5,000 (as shown in the preceding 
    decennial census); or
        (B) Has inadequate insurance agency facilities, as determined by 
    the Board, after notice and opportunity for hearing.
        (iv) Insurance-agency activities conducted on May 1, 1982. Engaging 
    in any specific insurance-agency activity 17 if the bank holding 
    company, or subsidiary conducting the specific activity, conducted such 
    activity on May 1, 1982, or received Board approval to conduct such 
    activity on or before May 1, 1982.18 A bank holding company or 
    subsidiary engaging in a specific insurance agency activity under this 
    clause may:
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \17\ Nothing contained in this provision shall preclude a bank 
    holding company subsidiary that is authorized to engage in a 
    specific insurance-agency activity under this clause from continuing 
    to engage in the particular activity after merger with an affiliate, 
    if the merger is for legitimate business purposes and prior notice 
    has been provided to the Board.
        \18\ For the purposes of this paragraph, activities engaged in 
    on May 1, 1982, include activities carried on subsequently as the 
    result of an application to engage in such activities pending before 
    the Board on May 1, 1982, and approved subsequently by the Board or 
    as the result of the acquisition by such company pursuant to a 
    binding written contract entered into on or before May 1, 1982, of 
    another company engaged in such activities at the time of the 
    acquisition.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (A) Engage in such specific insurance agency activity only at 
    locations:
        (1) In the state in which the bank holding company has its 
    principal place of business (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1842(d));
        (2) In any state or states immediately adjacent to such state; and
        (3) In any state in which the specific insurance-agency activity 
    was conducted (or was approved to be conducted) by such bank holding 
    company or subsidiary thereof or by any other subsidiary of such bank 
    holding company on May 1, 1982; and
        (B) Provide other insurance coverages that may become available 
    after May 1, 1982, so long as those coverages insure against the types 
    of risks as (or are otherwise functionally equivalent to) coverages 
    sold or approved to be sold on May 1, 1982, by the bank holding company 
    or subsidiary.
        (v) Supervision of retail insurance agents. Supervising on behalf 
    of insurance underwriters the activities of retail insurance agents who 
    sell:
        (A) Fidelity insurance and property and casualty insurance on the 
    real and personal property used in the operations of the bank holding 
    company or its subsidiaries; and
        (B) Group insurance that protects the employees of the bank holding 
    company or its subsidiaries.
    
    [[Page 9338]]
    
        (vi) Small bank holding companies. Engaging in any insurance-agency 
    activity if the bank holding company has total consolidated assets of 
    $50 million or less. A bank holding company performing insurance-agency 
    activities under this paragraph may not engage in the sale of life 
    insurance or annuities except as provided in paragraphs (b)(11) (i) and 
    (iii) of this section, and it may not continue to engage in insurance-
    agency activities pursuant to this provision more than 90 days after 
    the end of the quarterly reporting period in which total assets of the 
    holding company and its subsidiaries exceed $50 million.
        (vii) Insurance-agency activities conducted before 1971. Engaging 
    in any insurance-agency activity performed at any location in the 
    United States directly or indirectly by a bank holding company that was 
    engaged in insurance-agency activities prior to January 1, 1971, as a 
    consequence of approval by the Board prior to January 1, 1971.
        (12) Community development activities--(i) Financing and investment 
    activities. Making equity and debt investments in corporations or 
    projects designed primarily to promote community welfare, such as the 
    economic rehabilitation and development of low-income areas by 
    providing housing, services, or jobs for residents.
        (ii) Advisory activities. Providing advisory and related services 
    for programs designed primarily to promote community welfare.
        (13) Money orders, savings bonds, and traveler's checks. The 
    issuance and sale at retail of money orders and similar consumer-type 
    payment instruments; the sale of U.S. savings bonds; and the issuance 
    and sale of traveler's checks.
        (14) Data processing. (i) Providing data processing and data 
    transmission services, facilities (including data processing and data 
    transmission hardware, software, documentation, or operating 
    personnel), data bases, advice, and access to such services, 
    facilities, or data bases by any technological means, if:
        (A) The data to be processed or furnished are financial, banking, 
    or economic; and
        (B) The hardware provided in connection therewith is offered only 
    in conjunction with software designed and marketed for the processing 
    and transmission of financial, banking, or economic data, and where the 
    general purpose hardware does not constitute more than 30 percent of 
    the cost of any packaged offering.
        (ii) A company conducting data processing and data transmission 
    activities may conduct data processing and data transmission activities 
    not described in paragraph (b)(14)(i) of this section if the total 
    annual revenue derived from those activities does not exceed 30 percent 
    of the company's total annual revenues derived from data processing and 
    data transmission activities.
        5. Subpart D is amended as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 225.31  [Amended]
    
        (A) Section 225.31, paragraph (d)(2)(ii), is amended by removing 
    the words ``as defined in 12 CFR 206.2(k)''; and
    
    
    Sec. 225.32  [Removed]
    
        (B) Section 225.32 is removed.
        6. Subpart E is revised to read as follows:
    
    Subpart E--Change in Bank Control
    
    Sec.
    225.41  Transactions requiring prior notice.
    225.42  Transactions not requiring prior notice.
    225.43  Procedures for filing, processing, publishing, and acting on 
    notices.
    225.44  Reporting of stock loans.
    
    Subpart E--Change in Bank Control
    
    
    Sec. 225.41  Transactions requiring prior notice.
    
        (a) Prior notice requirement. Any person acting directly or 
    indirectly, or through or in concert with one or more persons, shall 
    give the Board 60 days' written notice, as specified in Sec. 225.43 of 
    this subpart, before acquiring control of a state member bank or bank 
    holding company, unless the acquisition is exempt under Sec. 225.42.
        (b) Definitions. For purposes of this subpart:
        (1) Acquisition includes a purchase, assignment, transfer, or 
    pledge of voting securities, or an increase in percentage ownership of 
    a state member bank or a bank holding company resulting from a 
    redemption of voting securities.
        (2) Acting in concert includes knowing participation in a joint 
    activity or parallel action towards a common goal of acquiring control 
    of a state member bank or bank holding company whether or not pursuant 
    to an express agreement.
        (3) Immediate family includes a person's father, mother, 
    stepfather, stepmother, brother, sister, stepbrother, stepsister, son, 
    daughter, stepson, stepdaughter, grandparent, grandson, granddaughter, 
    father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-
    law, daughter-in-law, the spouse of any of the foregoing, and the 
    person's spouse.
        (c) Acquisitions requiring prior notice--(1) Acquisition of 
    control. The acquisition of voting securities of a state member bank or 
    bank holding company constitutes the acquisition of control under the 
    Bank Control Act, requiring prior notice to the Board, if, immediately 
    after the transaction, the acquiring person (or persons acting in 
    concert) will own, control, or hold with power to vote 25 percent or 
    more of any class of voting securities of the institution.
        (2) Rebuttable presumption of control. The Board presumes that an 
    acquisition of voting securities of a state member bank or bank holding 
    company constitutes the acquisition of control under the Bank Control 
    Act, requiring prior notice to the Board, if, immediately after the 
    transaction, the acquiring person (or persons acting in concert) will 
    own, control, or hold with power to vote 10 percent or more of any 
    class of voting securities of the institution, and if:
        (i) The institution has registered securities under section 12 of 
    the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78l); or
        (ii) No other person will own, control, or hold the power to vote a 
    greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after 
    the transaction.1
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\ If two or more persons, not acting in concert, each propose 
    to acquire simultaneously equal percentages of 10 percent or more of 
    a class of voting securities of the state member bank or bank 
    holding company, each person must file prior notice to the Board.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (d) Rebuttable presumption of concerted action. The following 
    persons shall be presumed to be acting in concert for purposes of this 
    subpart:
        (1) A company and any controlling shareholder, partner, trustee, or 
    management official of the company, if both the company and the person 
    own voting securities of the state member bank or bank holding company;
        (2) An individual and the individual's immediate family;
        (3) Companies under common control;
        (4) Persons that are parties to any agreement, contract, 
    understanding, relationship, or other arrangement, whether written or 
    otherwise, regarding the acquisition, voting, or transfer of control of 
    voting securities of a state member bank or bank holding company, other 
    than through a revocable proxy as described in Sec. 225.42(a)(5) of 
    this subpart;
        (5) Persons that have made, or propose to make, a joint filing 
    under sections 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 
    U.S.C. 78m or 78n), and the rules promulgated
    
    [[Page 9339]]
    
    thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission; and
        (6) A person and any trust for which the person serves as trustee.
        (e) Acquisitions of loans in default. The Board presumes an 
    acquisition of a loan in default that is secured by voting securities 
    of a state member bank or bank holding company to be an acquisition of 
    the underlying securities for purposes of this section.
        (f) Other transactions. Transactions other than those set forth in 
    paragraph (c) of this section resulting in a person's control of less 
    than 25 percent of a class of voting securities of a state member bank 
    or bank holding company are not deemed by the Board to constitute 
    control for purposes of the Bank Control Act.
        (g) Rebuttal of presumptions. Prior notice to the Board is not 
    required for any acquisition of voting securities under the presumption 
    of control set forth in this section, if the Board finds that the 
    acquisition will not result in control. The Board shall afford any 
    person seeking to rebut a presumption in this section an opportunity to 
    present views in writing or, if appropriate, orally before its 
    designated representatives at an informal conference.
    
    
    Sec. 225.42  Transactions not requiring prior notice.
    
        (a) Exempt transactions. The following transactions do not require 
    notice to the Board under this subpart:
        (1) Existing control relationships. The acquisition of additional 
    voting securities of a state member bank or bank holding company by a 
    person who:
        (i) Continuously since March 9, 1979 (or since the institution 
    commenced business, if later), held power to vote 25 percent or more of 
    any class of voting securities of the institution; or
        (ii) Is presumed, under Sec. 225.41(c)(2) of this subpart, to have 
    controlled the institution continuously since March 9, 1979, if the 
    aggregate amount of voting securities held does not exceed 25 percent 
    or more of any class of voting securities of the institution or, in 
    other cases, where the Board determines that the person has controlled 
    the bank continuously since March 9, 1979;
        (2) Increase of previously authorized acquisitions. Unless the 
    Board or the Reserve Bank otherwise provides in writing, the 
    acquisition of additional shares of a class of voting securities of a 
    state member bank or bank holding company by any person (or persons 
    acting in concert) who has lawfully acquired and maintained control of 
    the institution (for purposes of Sec. 225.41(c) of this subpart), after 
    complying with the procedures and receiving approval to acquire voting 
    securities of the institution under this subpart, or in connection with 
    an application approved under section 3 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842; 
    Sec. 225.11 of subpart B of this part) or section 18(c) of the Federal 
    Deposit Insurance Act (Bank Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c));
        (3) Acquisitions subject to approval under BHC Act or Bank Merger 
    Act. Any acquisition of voting securities subject to approval under 
    section 3 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842; Sec. 225.11 of subpart B of 
    this part), or section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (Bank 
    Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c));
        (4) Transactions exempt under BHC Act. Any transaction described in 
    sections 2(a)(5), 3(a)(A), or 3(a)(B) of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 
    1841(a)(5), 1842(a)(A), and 1842(a)(B)), by a person described in those 
    provisions;
        (5) Proxy solicitation. The acquisition of the power to vote 
    securities of a state member bank or bank holding company through 
    receipt of a revocable proxy in connection with a proxy solicitation 
    for the purposes of conducting business at a regular or special meeting 
    of the institution, if the proxy terminates within a reasonable period 
    after the meeting;
        (6) Stock dividends. The receipt of voting securities of a state 
    member bank or bank holding company through a stock dividend or stock 
    split if the proportional interest of the recipient in the institution 
    remains substantially the same; and
        (7) Acquisition of foreign banking organization. The acquisition of 
    voting securities of a qualifying foreign banking organization. (This 
    exemption does not extend to the reports and information required under 
    paragraphs 9, 10, and 12 of the Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j) 
    (9), (10), and (12)) and Sec. 225.44 of this subpart.)
        (b) Prior notice exemption. (1) The following acquisitions of 
    voting securities of a state member bank or bank holding company, which 
    would otherwise require prior notice under this subpart, are not 
    subject to the prior notice requirements if the acquiring person 
    notifies the appropriate Reserve Bank within 90 calendar days after the 
    acquisition and provides any relevant information requested by the 
    Reserve Bank:
        (i) Acquisition of voting securities through inheritance;
        (ii) Acquisition of voting securities as a bona fide gift; and
        (iii) Acquisition of voting securities in satisfaction of a debt 
    previously contracted (DPC) in good faith.
        (2) The following acquisitions of voting securities of a state 
    member bank or bank holding company, which would otherwise require 
    prior notice under this subpart, are not subject to the prior notice 
    requirements if the acquiring person does not reasonably have advance 
    knowledge of the transaction, and provides the written notice required 
    under section 225.43 to the appropriate Reserve Bank within 90 calendar 
    days after the transaction occurs:
        (i) Acquisition of voting securities resulting from a redemption of 
    voting securities by the issuing bank or bank holding company; and
        (ii) Acquisition of voting securities as a result of actions 
    (including the sale of securities) by any third party that is not 
    within the control of the acquiror.
        (3) Nothing in paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section limits 
    the authority of the Board to disapprove a notice pursuant to 
    Sec. 225.43(h) of this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 225.43  Procedures for filing, processing, publishing, and acting 
    on notices.
    
        (a) Filing notice. (1) A notice required under this subpart shall 
    be filed with the appropriate Reserve Bank and shall contain all the 
    information required by paragraph 6 of the Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 
    1817(j)(6)), or prescribed in the designated Board form.
        (2) The Board may waive any of the informational requirements of 
    the notice if the Board determines that it is in the public interest.
        (3) A notificant shall notify the appropriate Reserve Bank or the 
    Board immediately of any material changes in a notice submitted to the 
    Reserve Bank, including changes in financial or other conditions.
        (4) When the acquiring person is an individual, or group of 
    individuals acting in concert, the requirement to provide personal 
    financial data may be satisfied by a current statement of assets and 
    liabilities and an income summary, as required in the designated Board 
    form, together with a statement of any material changes since the date 
    of the statement or summary. The Reserve Bank or the Board, 
    nevertheless, may request additional information, if appropriate.
        (b) Acceptance of notice. The 60-day notice period specified in 
    Sec. 225.41 of this subpart begins on the date of receipt of a complete 
    notice. The Reserve Bank shall notify the person or persons submitting 
    a notice under this subpart in writing of the date the notice is or was 
    complete and thereby accepted for processing. The Reserve Bank or the 
    Board may request additional relevant information at any time after the 
    date of acceptance.
    
    [[Page 9340]]
    
        (c) Publication--(1) Newspaper Announcement. Any person(s) filing a 
    notice under this subpart shall publish, in a form prescribed by the 
    Board, an announcement soliciting public comment on the proposed 
    acquisition. The announcement shall be published in a newspaper of 
    general circulation in the community in which the head office of the 
    state member bank to be acquired is located or, in the case of a 
    proposed acquisition of a bank holding company, in the community in 
    which its head office is located and in the community in which the head 
    office of each of its subsidiary banks is located. The announcement 
    shall be published no earlier than 15 calendar days before the filing 
    of the notice with the appropriate Reserve Bank and no later than 10 
    calendar days after the filing date; and the publisher's affidavit of a 
    publication shall be provided to the appropriate Reserve Bank.
        (2) Contents of newspaper announcement. The newspaper announcement 
    shall state:
        (i) The name of each person identified in the notice as a proposed 
    acquiror of the bank or bank holding company;
        (ii) The name of the bank or bank holding company to be acquired, 
    including the name of each of the bank holding company's subsidiary 
    banks; and
        (iii) A statement that interested persons may submit comments on 
    the notice to the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank for a period of 
    20 days, or such shorter period as may be provided, pursuant to 
    paragraph (c)(5) of this section.
        (3) Federal Register announcement. The Board shall, upon filing of 
    a notice under this subpart, publish announcement in the Federal 
    Register of receipt of the notice. The Federal Register announcement 
    shall contain the information required under paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and 
    (c)(2)(ii) of this section and a statement that interested persons may 
    submit comments on the proposed acquisition for a period of 15 calendar 
    days, or such shorter period as may be provided, pursuant to paragraph 
    (c)(5) of this section. The Board may waive publication in the Federal 
    Register, if the Board determines that such action is appropriate.
        (4) Delay of publication. The Board may permit delay in the 
    publication required under paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(3) of this section 
    if the Board determines, for good cause shown, that it is in the public 
    interest to grant such delay. Requests for delay of publication may be 
    submitted to the appropriate Reserve Bank.
        (5) Shortening or waiving notice. The Board may shorten or waive 
    the public comment or newspaper publication requirements of this 
    paragraph, or act on a notice before the expiration of a public comment 
    period, if it determines in writing that an emergency exists, or that 
    disclosure of the notice, solicitation of public comment, or delay 
    until expiration of the public comment period would seriously threaten 
    the safety or soundness of the bank or bank holding company to be 
    acquired.
        (6) Consideration of public comments. In acting upon a notice filed 
    under this subpart, the Board shall consider all public comments 
    received in writing within the period specified in the newspaper or 
    Federal Register announcement, whichever is later. At the Board's 
    option, comments received after this period may, but need not, be 
    considered.
        (7) Standing. No person (other than the acquiring person) who 
    submits comments or information on a notice filed under this subpart 
    shall thereby become a party to the proceeding or acquire any standing 
    or right to participate in the Board's consideration of the notice or 
    to appeal or otherwise contest the notice or the Board's action 
    regarding the notice.
        (d) Time period for Board action--(1) Consummation of acquisition 
    --(i) The notificant(s) may consummate the proposed acquisition 60 days 
    after submission to the Reserve Bank of a complete notice under 
    paragraph (a) of this section, unless within that period the Board 
    disapproves the proposed acquisition or extends the 60-day period, as 
    provided under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
        (ii) The notificant(s) may consummate the proposed transaction 
    before the expiration of the 60-day period if the Board notifies the 
    notificant(s) in writing of the Board's intention not to disapprove the 
    acquisition.
        (2) Extensions of time period. (i) The Board may extend the 60-day 
    period in paragraph (d)(1) of this section for an additional 30 days by 
    notifying the acquiring person(s).
        (ii) The Board may further extend the period during which it may 
    disapprove a notice for two additional periods of not more than 45 days 
    each, if the Board determines that:
        (A) Any acquiring person has not furnished all the information 
    required under paragraph (a) of this section;
        (B) Any material information submitted is substantially inaccurate;
        (C) The Board is unable to complete the investigation of an 
    acquiring person because of inadequate cooperation or delay by that 
    person; or
        (D) Additional time is needed to investigate and determine that no 
    acquiring person has a record of failing to comply with the 
    requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act, subchapter II of Chapter 53 of 
    Title 31, United States Code.
        (iii) If the Board extends the time period under this paragraph, it 
    shall notify the acquiring person(s) of the reasons therefor and shall 
    include a statement of the information, if any, deemed incomplete or 
    inaccurate.
        (e) Advice to bank supervisory agencies. (1) Upon accepting a 
    notice relating to acquisition of securities of a state member bank, 
    the Reserve Bank shall send a copy of the notice to the appropriate 
    state bank supervisor, which shall have 30 calendar days from the date 
    the notice is sent in which to submit its views and recommendations to 
    the Board. The Reserve Bank also shall send a copy of any notice to the 
    Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 
    and the Office of Thrift Supervision.
        (2) If the Board finds that it must act immediately in order to 
    prevent the probable failure of the bank or bank holding company 
    involved, the Board may dispense with or modify the requirements for 
    notice to the state supervisor.
        (f) Investigation and report. (1) After receiving a notice under 
    this subpart, the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank shall conduct 
    an investigation of the competence, experience, integrity, and 
    financial ability of each person by and for whom an acquisition is to 
    be made. The Board shall also make an independent determination of the 
    accuracy and completeness of any information required to be contained 
    in a notice under paragraph (a) of this section. In investigating any 
    notice accepted under this subpart, the Board or Reserve Bank may 
    solicit information or views from any person, including any bank or 
    bank holding company involved in the notice, and any appropriate state, 
    federal, or foreign governmental authority.
        (2) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank shall prepare a 
    written report of its investigation, which shall contain, at a minimum, 
    a summary of the results of the investigation.
        (g) Factors considered in acting on notices. In reviewing a notice 
    filed under this subpart, the Board shall consider the information in 
    the record, the views and recommendations of the appropriate bank 
    supervisor, and any other relevant information obtained during any 
    investigation of the notice.
        (h) Disapproval and hearing--(1) Disapproval of notice. The Board 
    may
    
    [[Page 9341]]
    
    disapprove an acquisition if it finds adverse effects with respect to 
    any of the factors set forth in paragraph 7 of the Bank Control Act (12 
    U.S.C. 1817(j)(7)) (i.e., competitive, financial, managerial, banking, 
    or incompleteness of information).
        (2) Disapproval notification. Within three days after its decision 
    to issue a notice of intent to disapprove any proposed acquisition, the 
    Board shall notify the acquiring person in writing of the reasons for 
    the action.
        (3) Hearing. Within 10 calendar days of receipt of the notice of 
    the Board's intent to disapprove, the acquiring person may submit a 
    written request for a hearing. Any hearing conducted under this 
    paragraph shall be in accordance with the Rules of Practice for Formal 
    Hearings (12 CFR part 263). At the conclusion of the hearing, the Board 
    shall, by order, approve or disapprove the proposed acquisition on the 
    basis of the record of the hearing. If the acquiring person does not 
    request a hearing, the notice of intent to disapprove becomes final and 
    unappealable.
    
    
    Sec. 225.44  Reporting of stock loans.
    
        (a) Requirements. (1) Any foreign bank or affiliate of a foreign 
    bank that has credit outstanding to any person or group of persons, in 
    the aggregate, which is secured, directly or indirectly, by 25 percent 
    or more of any class of voting securities of a state member bank, shall 
    file a consolidated report with the appropriate Reserve Bank for the 
    state member bank.
        (2) The foreign bank or its affiliate also shall file a copy of the 
    report with its appropriate Federal banking agency.
        (3) Any shares of the state member bank held by the foreign bank or 
    any affiliate of the foreign bank as principal must be included in the 
    calculation of the number of shares in which the foreign bank or its 
    affiliate has a security interest for purposes of paragraph (a) of this 
    section.
        (b) Definitions. For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section:
        (1) Foreign bank shall have the same meaning as in section 1(b) of 
    the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101).
        (2) Credit outstanding includes any loan or extension of credit; 
    the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit, including 
    an endorsement or standby letter of credit; and any other type of 
    transaction that extends credit or financing to the person or group of 
    persons.
        (3) Group of persons includes any number of persons that the 
    foreign bank or any affiliate of a foreign bank has reason to believe:
        (i) Are acting together, in concert, or with one another to acquire 
    or control shares of the same insured depository institution, including 
    an acquisition of shares of the same depository institution at 
    approximately the same time under substantially the same terms; or
        (ii) Have made, or propose to make, a joint filing under section 13 
    or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78n), 
    and the rules promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange 
    Commission regarding ownership of the shares of the same insured 
    depository institution.
        (c) Exceptions. Compliance with paragraph (a) of this section is 
    not required if:
        (1) The person or group of persons referred to in that paragraph 
    has disclosed the amount borrowed and the security interest therein to 
    the Board or appropriate Reserve Bank in connection with a notice filed 
    under Sec. 225.41 of this subpart, or another application filed with 
    the Board or Reserve Bank as a substitute for a notice under 
    Sec. 225.41 of this subpart, including an application filed under 
    section 3 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842) or section 18(c) of the 
    Federal Deposit Insurance Act (Bank Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c)), or 
    an application for membership in the Federal Reserve System; or
        (2) The transaction involves a person or group of persons that has 
    been the owner or owners of record of the stock for a period of one 
    year or more; or, if the transaction involves stock issued by a newly 
    chartered bank, before the bank is opened for business.
        (d) Report requirements. (1) The consolidated report shall indicate 
    the number and percentage of shares securing each applicable extension 
    of credit, the identity of the borrower, and the number of shares held 
    as principal by the foreign bank and any affiliate thereof.
        (2) A foreign bank, or any affiliate of a foreign bank, shall file 
    the consolidated report in writing within 30 days of the date on which 
    the foreign bank or affiliate first believes that the security for any 
    outstanding credit consists of 25 percent or more of any class of 
    voting securities of a state member bank.
        (e) Other reporting requirements. A foreign bank, or any affiliate 
    thereof, that is supervised by the System and is required to report 
    credit outstanding that is secured by the shares of an insured 
    depository institution to another Federal banking agency also shall 
    file a copy of the report with the appropriate Reserve Bank.
    
    
    Sec. 225.51  [Removed]
    
        7. Subpart F is amended by removing Sec. 225.51.
        8. Subpart G is amended by revising the heading to read as follows:
    
    Subpart G--Appraisal Standards for Federally Related Transactions
    
        9. Subpart H, consisting of Secs. 225.71 through 225.73, is revised 
    to read as follows:
    Subpart H--Notice of Addition or Change of Directors and Senior 
    Executive Officers
    Sec.
    225.71  Definitions.
    225.72  Director and officer appointments; prior notice requirement.
    225.73  Procedures for filing, processing, and acting on notices; 
    standards for disapproval; waiver of notice.
    
    Subpart H--Notice of Addition or Change of Directors and Senior 
    Executive Officers
    
    
    Sec. 225.71  Definitions.
    
        (a) Director means a person who serves on the board of directors of 
    a regulated institution, except that this term does not include an 
    advisory director who:
        (1) Is not elected by the shareholders of the regulated 
    institution;
        (2) Is not authorized to vote on any matters before the board of 
    directors or any committee thereof;
        (3) Solely provides general policy advice to the board of directors 
    and any committee thereof; and
        (4) Has not been identified by the Board or Reserve Bank as a 
    person who performs the functions of a director for purposes of this 
    subpart.
        (b) Regulated institution means a state member bank or a bank 
    holding company.
        (c) Senior executive officer means a person who holds the title or, 
    without regard to title, salary, or compensation, performs the function 
    of one or more of the following positions: president, chief executive 
    officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief 
    lending officer, or chief investment officer. Senior executive officer 
    also includes any other person identified by the Board or Reserve Bank, 
    whether or not hired as an employee, with significant influence over, 
    or who participates in, major policymaking decisions of the regulated 
    institution.
        (d) Troubled condition for a regulated institution means an 
    institution that:
        (1) Has a composite rating, as determined in its most recent report 
    of examination or inspection, of 4 or 5 under the Uniform Financial 
    Institutions Rating System or under the
    
    [[Page 9342]]
    
    Federal Reserve Bank Holding Company Rating System;
        (2) Is subject to a cease-and-desist order or formal written 
    agreement that requires action to improve the financial condition of 
    the institution, unless otherwise informed in writing by the Board or 
    Reserve Bank; or
        (3) Is informed in writing by the Board or Reserve Bank that it is 
    in troubled condition for purposes of the requirements of this subpart 
    on the basis of the institution's most recent report of condition or 
    report of examination or inspection, or other information available to 
    the Board or Reserve Bank.
    
    
    Sec. 225.72  Director and officer appointments; prior notice 
    requirement.
    
        (a) Prior notice by regulated institution. A regulated institution 
    shall give the Board 30 days' written notice, as specified in 
    Sec. 225.73, before adding or replacing any member of its board of 
    directors, employing any person as a senior executive officer of the 
    institution, or changing the responsibilities of any senior executive 
    officer so that the person would assume a different senior executive 
    officer position, if:
        (1) The regulated institution is not in compliance with all minimum 
    capital requirements applicable to the institution as determined on the 
    basis of the institution's most recent report of condition or report of 
    examination or inspection;
        (2) The regulated institution is in troubled condition; or
        (3) The Board determines, in connection with its review of a 
    capital restoration plan required under section 38 of the Federal 
    Deposit Insurance Act or subpart B of the Board's Regulation H, or 
    otherwise, that such notice is appropriate.
        (b) Prior notice by individual. The prior notice required by 
    paragraph (a) of this section may be provided by an individual seeking 
    election to the board of directors of a regulated institution.
    
    
    Sec. 225.73  Procedures for filing, processing, and acting on notices; 
    standards for disapproval; waiver of notice.
    
        (a) Filing notice--(1) Content. The notice required in Sec. 225.72 
    shall be filed with the appropriate Reserve Bank and shall contain:
        (i) The information required by paragraph 6(A) of the Change in 
    Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(6)(A)) as may be prescribed in the 
    designated Board form;
        (ii) Additional information consistent with the Federal Financial 
    Institutions Examination Council's Joint Statement of Guidelines on 
    Conducting Background Checks and Change in Control Investigations, as 
    set forth in the designated Board form; and
        (iii) Such other information as may be required by the Board or 
    Reserve Bank.
        (2) Modification. The Reserve Bank may modify or accept other 
    information in place of the requirements of Sec. 225.73(a)(1) for a 
    notice filed under this subpart.
        (3) Acceptance and processing of notice. The 30-day notice period 
    specified in Sec. 225.72 shall begin on the date all information 
    required to be submitted by the notificant pursuant to 
    Sec. 225.73(a)(1) is received by the appropriate Reserve Bank. The 
    Reserve Bank shall notify the regulated institution or individual 
    submitting the notice of the date on which all required information is 
    received and the notice is accepted for processing, and of the date on 
    which the 30-day notice period will expire. The Board or Reserve Bank 
    may extend the 30-day notice period for an additional period of not 
    more than 60 days by notifying the regulated institution or individual 
    filing the notice that the period has been extended and stating the 
    reason for not processing the notice within the 30-day notice period.
        (b) Commencement of service--(1) At expiration of period. A 
    proposed director or senior executive officer may begin service after 
    the end of the 30-day period and any extension as provided under 
    paragraph (a)(3) of this section, unless the Board or Reserve Bank 
    disapproves the notice before the end of the period.
        (2) Prior to expiration of period. A proposed director or senior 
    executive officer may begin service before the end of the 30-day period 
    and any extension as provided under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, 
    if the Board or the Reserve Bank notifies in writing the regulated 
    institution or individual submitting the notice of the Board's or 
    Reserve Bank's intention not to disapprove the notice.
        (c) Notice of disapproval. The Board or Reserve Bank shall 
    disapprove a notice under Sec. 225.72 if the Board or Reserve Bank 
    finds that the competence, experience, character, or integrity of the 
    individual with respect to whom the notice is submitted indicates that 
    it would not be in the best interests of the depositors of the 
    regulated institution or in the best interests of the public to permit 
    the individual to be employed by, or associated with, the regulated 
    institution. The notice of disapproval shall contain a statement of the 
    basis for disapproval and shall be sent to the regulated institution 
    and the disapproved individual.
        (d) Appeal of a notice of disapproval. (1) A disapproved individual 
    or a regulated institution that has submitted a notice that is 
    disapproved under this section may appeal the disapproval to the Board 
    within 15 days of the effective date of the notice of disapproval. An 
    appeal shall be in writing and explain the reasons for the appeal and 
    include all facts, documents, and arguments that the appealing party 
    wishes to be considered in the appeal, and state whether the appealing 
    party is requesting an informal hearing.
        (2) Written notice of the final decision of the Board shall be sent 
    to the appealing party within 60 days of the receipt of an appeal, 
    unless the appealing party's request for an informal hearing is 
    granted.
        (3) The disapproved individual may not serve as a director or 
    senior executive officer of the state member bank or bank holding 
    company while the appeal is pending.
        (e) Informal hearing. (1) An individual or regulated institution 
    whose notice under this section has been disapproved may request an 
    informal hearing on the notice. A request for an informal hearing shall 
    be in writing and shall be submitted within 15 days of a notice of 
    disapproval. The Board may, in its sole discretion, order an informal 
    hearing if the Board finds that oral argument is appropriate or 
    necessary to resolve disputes regarding material issues of fact.
        (2) An informal hearing shall be held within 30 days of a request, 
    if granted, unless the requesting party agrees to a later date.
        (3) Written notice of the final decision of the Board shall be 
    given to the individual and the regulated institution within 60 days of 
    the conclusion of any informal hearing ordered by the Board, unless the 
    requesting party agrees to a later date.
        (f) Waiver of notice--(1) Waiver requests. The Board or Reserve 
    Bank may permit an individual to serve as a senior executive officer or 
    director before the notice required under this subpart is provided, if 
    the Board or Reserve Bank finds that:
        (i) Delay would threaten the safety or soundness of the regulated 
    institution or a bank controlled by a bank holding company;
        (ii) Delay would not be in the public interest; or
        (iii) Other extraordinary circumstances exist that justify waiver 
    of prior notice.
        (2) Automatic waiver. An individual may serve as a director upon 
    election to the board of directors of a regulated institution before 
    the notice required
    
    [[Page 9343]]
    
    under this subpart is provided if the individual:
        (i) Is not proposed by the management of the regulated institution;
        (ii) Is elected as a new member of the board of directors at a 
    meeting of the regulated institution; and
        (iii) Provides to the appropriate Reserve Bank all the information 
    required in Sec. 225.73(a) within two (2) business days after the 
    individual's election.
        (3) Effect on disapproval authority. A waiver shall not affect the 
    authority of the Board or Reserve Bank to disapprove a notice within 30 
    days after a waiver is granted under paragraph (f)(1) of this section 
    or the election of an individual who has filed a notice and is serving 
    pursuant to an automatic waiver under paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
    * * * * *
        10. Section 225.125 is amended by revising paragraphs (f) and (g) 
    to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 225.125  Investment adviser activities
    
    * * * * *
        (f) In the Board's opinion, the Glass-Steagall Act provisions, as 
    interpreted by the U.S. Supreme Court, forbid a bank holding company to 
    sponsor, organize, or control a mutual fund. However, the Board does 
    not believe that such restrictions apply to closed-end investment 
    companies as long as such companies are not primarily or frequently 
    engaged in the issuance, sale, and distribution of securities. A bank 
    holding company should not act as investment adviser to an investment 
    company that has a name similar to the name of the holding company or 
    any of its subsidiary banks, unless the prospectus of the investment 
    company contains the disclosures required in paragraph (h) of this 
    section. In no case should a bank holding company act as investment 
    adviser to an investment company that has either the same name as the 
    name of the holding company or any of its subsidiary banks, or a name 
    that contains the word ``bank.''
        (g) In view of the potential conflicts of interests that may exist, 
    a bank holding company and its bank and nonbank subsidiaries should not 
    purchase in their sole discretion, in a fiduciary capacity (including 
    as managing agent), securities of any investment company for which the 
    bank holding company acts as investment adviser unless, the purchase is 
    specifically authorized by the terms of the instrument creating the 
    fiduciary relationship, by court order, or by the law of the 
    jurisdiction under which the trust is administered.
    * * * * *
    
    
    Sec. 225.145  [Amended]
    
        11. Section 225.145, paragraph (a) the fifth sentence is amended by 
    removing the words ``increasing their assets at an annual rate 
    exceeding 7 percent during any 12-month period after August 10, 1988,'' 
    and the last sentence by removing ``225.51 and''.
        12. Appendix C is revised to read as follows:
    
    Appendix C to Part 225--Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement
    
    Policy Statement on Assessment of Financial and Managerial Factors
    
        In acting on applications filed under the Bank Holding Company 
    Act, the Board has adopted, and continues to follow, the principle 
    that bank holding companies should serve as a source of strength for 
    their subsidiary banks. When bank holding companies incur debt and 
    rely upon the earnings of their subsidiary banks as the means of 
    repaying such debt, a question arises as to the probable effect upon 
    the financial condition of the holding company and its subsidiary 
    bank or banks.
        The Board believes that a high level of debt at the parent 
    holding company impairs the ability of a bank holding company to 
    provide financial assistance to its subsidiary bank(s) and, in some 
    cases, the servicing requirements on such debt may be a significant 
    drain on the resources of the bank(s). For these reasons, the Board 
    has not favored the use of acquisition debt in the formation of bank 
    holding companies or in the acquisition of additional banks. 
    Nevertheless, the Board has recognized that the transfer of 
    ownership of small banks often requires the use of acquisition debt. 
    The Board, therefore, has permitted the formation and expansion of 
    small bank holding companies with debt levels higher than would be 
    permitted for larger holding companies. Approval of these 
    applications has been given on the condition that small bank holding 
    companies demonstrate the ability to service acquisition debt 
    without straining the capital of their subsidiary banks and, 
    further, that such companies restore their ability to serve as a 
    source of strength for their subsidiary banks within a relatively 
    short period of time.
        In the interest of continuing its policy of facilitating the 
    transfer of ownership in banks without compromising bank safety and 
    soundness, the Board has, as described below, adopted the following 
    procedures and standards for the formation and expansion of small 
    bank holding companies subject to this policy statement.
    
    1. Applicability of Policy Statement
    
        This policy statement applies only to bank holding companies 
    with pro forma consolidated assets of less than $150 million that: 
    (i) are not engaged in any nonbanking activities involving 
    significant leverage 1 and (ii) do not have a significant 
    amount of outstanding debt that is held by the general public.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\ A parent company that is engaged in significant off-balance 
    sheet activities would generally be deemed to be engaged in 
    activities that involve significant leverage.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        While this policy statement primarily applies to the formation 
    of small bank holding companies, it also applies to existing small 
    bank holding companies that wish to acquire an additional bank or 
    company and to transactions involving changes in control, stock 
    redemptions, or other shareholder transactions. 2
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \2\ The appropriate Reserve Bank should be contacted to 
    determine the manner in which a specific situation may qualify for 
    treatment under this policy statement.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    2. Ongoing Requirements
    
        The following guidelines must be followed on an ongoing basis 
    for all organizations operating under this policy statement.
        A. Reduction in parent company leverage: Small bank holding 
    companies are to reduce their parent company debt consistent with 
    the requirement that all debt be retired within 25 years of being 
    incurred. The Board also expects that these bank holding companies 
    reach a debt to equity ratio of .30:1 or less within 12 years of the 
    incurrence of the debt. 3 The bank holding company must also 
    comply with debt servicing and other requirements imposed by its 
    creditors.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \3\ The term debt, as used in the ratio of debt to equity, means 
    any borrowed funds (exclusive of short-term borrowings that arise 
    out of current transactions, the proceeds of which are used for 
    current transactions), and any securities issued by, or obligations 
    of, the holding company that are the functional equivalent of 
    borrowed funds.
        The term equity, as used in the ratio of debt to equity, means 
    the total stockholders' equity of the bank holding company as 
    defined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 
    In determining the total amount of stockholders' equity, the bank 
    holding company should account for its investments in the common 
    stock of subsidiaries by the equity method of accounting.
        Ordinarily the Board does not view redeemable preferred stock as 
    a substitute for common stock in a small bank holding company. 
    Nevertheless, to a limited degree and under certain circumstances, 
    the Board will consider redeemable preferred stock as equity in the 
    capital accounts of the holding company if the following conditions 
    are met: (1) The preferred stock is redeemable only at the option of 
    the issuer and (2) the debt to equity ratio of the holding company 
    would be at or remain below .30:1 following the redemption or 
    retirement of any preferred stock. Preferred stock that is 
    convertible into common stock of the holding company may be treated 
    as equity.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        B. Capital adequacy: Each insured depository subsidiary of a 
    small bank holding company is expected to be well-capitalized. Any 
    institution that is not well-capitalized is expected to become well-
    capitalized within a brief period of time.
        C. Dividend restrictions: A small bank holding company whose 
    debt to equity ratio is greater than 1.0:1 is not expected to pay 
    corporate dividends until such time as it reduces its debt to equity 
    ratio to 1.0:1 or less and otherwise meets the criteria set forth in 
    Secs. 225.14(c)(1)(ii), 225.14(c)(2), and 225.14(c)(7) of Regulation 
    Y. 4
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \4\ Dividends may be paid by small bank holding companies with 
    debt to equity at or below 1.0:1 and otherwise meeting the 
    requirements of Sec. Sec. 225.14(c)(1)(ii), 225.14(c)(2), and 
    225.14(c)(7) if the dividends are reasonable in amount, do not 
    adversely affect the ability of the bank holding company to service 
    its debt in an orderly manner, and do not adversely affect the 
    ability of the subsidiary banks to be well-capitalized. It is 
    expected that dividends will be eliminated if the holding company is 
    (1) not reducing its debt consistent with the requirement that the 
    debt to equity ratio be reduced to .30:1 within 12 years of 
    consummation of the proposal or (2) not meeting the requirements of 
    its loan agreement(s).
    
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 9344]]
    
        Small bank holding companies formed before the effective date of 
    this policy statement may switch to a plan that adheres to the 
    intent of this statement provided they comply with the requirements 
    set forth above.
    
    3. Core Requirements for All Applicants
    
        In assessing applications or notices by organizations subject to 
    this policy statement, the Board will continue to take into account 
    a full range of financial and other information about the applicant, 
    and its current and proposed subsidiaries, including the recent 
    trend and stability of earnings, past and prospective growth, asset 
    quality, the ability to meet debt servicing requirements without 
    placing an undue strain on the resources of the bank(s), and the 
    record and competency of management. In addition, the Board will 
    require applicants to meet the following requirements:
        A. Minimum down payment: The amount of acquisition debt should 
    not exceed 75 percent of the purchase price of the bank(s) or 
    company to be acquired. When the owner(s) of the holding company 
    incurs debt to finance the purchase of the bank(s) or company, such 
    debt will be considered acquisition debt even though it does not 
    represent an obligation of the bank holding company, unless the 
    owner(s) can demonstrate that such debt can be serviced without 
    reliance on the resources of the bank(s) or bank holding company.
        B. Ability to reduce parent company leverage: The bank holding 
    company must clearly be able to reduce its debt to equity ratio and 
    comply with its loan agreement(s) as set forth in paragraph 2A 
    above.
        Failure to meet the criteria in this section would normally 
    result in denial of an application.
    
    4. Additional Application Requirements for Expedited/Waived Processing
    
        A. Expedited notices under Secs. 225.14 and 225.23 of Regulation 
    Y: A small bank holding company proposal will be eligible for the 
    expedited processing procedures set forth in Secs. 225.14 and 225.23 
    of Regulation Y if the bank holding company is in compliance with 
    the ongoing requirements of this policy statement, the bank holding 
    company meets the core requirements for all applicants noted above, 
    and the following requirements are met:
        i. The parent bank holding company has a pro forma debt to 
    equity ratio of 1.0:1 or less.
        ii. The bank holding company meets all of the criteria for 
    expedited action set forth in Secs. 225.14 or 225.23 of Regulation 
    Y.
        B. Waiver of stock redemption filing: A small bank holding 
    company will be eligible for the stock redemption filing exception 
    for well-capitalized bank holding companies contained in 
    Sec. 225.4(b)(6) if the following requirements are met:
        i. The parent bank holding company has a pro forma debt to 
    equity ratio of 1.0:1 or less.
        ii. The bank holding company is in compliance with the ongoing 
    require- ments of this policy statement and meets the requirements 
    of Secs. 225.14(c)(1)(ii), 225.14(c)(2), and 225.14(c)(7) of 
    Regulation Y.
    William W. Wiles,
    Secretary of the Board.
    [FR Doc. 97-4906 Filed 2-27-97; 8:45 am]
    BILLING CODE 6210-01-P
    
    
    

Document Information

Effective Date:
4/21/1997
Published:
02/28/1997
Department:
Federal Reserve System
Entry Type:
Rule
Action:
Final rule.
Document Number:
97-4906
Dates:
April 21, 1997.
Pages:
9290-9344 (55 pages)
Docket Numbers:
Reg. Y, Docket Nos. R-0935, R-0936
PDF File:
97-4906.pdf
CFR: (40)
12 CFR 208.20)
12 CFR 225.15(b)
12 CFR 211.24(c)(1)(ii)
12 CFR 211.24(c)(1)(ii))
12 CFR 262.3(e))
More ...